asme2002c

Codes & StandardsCatalogue

Summer 2002

International Edition

Technical Standards Services Ltd.3 Bury Mead Road, Hitchin, Herts,SG5 1RT, EnglandTel: (+44) 1462 453211Fax: (+44) 1462 457714Email: [email protected]: www.tssonline.net

available from:

www.tssonline.net

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

CONTENTS

AUTHORIZED INSPECTION ............................................3

AUTOMOTIVE LIFTING DEVICES ...................................3

BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE .....................3

CHAINS .............................................................................4

COMPRESSORS...............................................................5

CONTROLS.......................................................................5

CONVEYORS ....................................................................5

CRANES AND HOISTS.....................................................5

DIMENSIONS ....................................................................7

DRAWINGS AND TERMINOLOGY ..................................7

ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS ..................................8

FASTENERS .....................................................................9

FLOW MEASUREMENT .................................................12

GAGE BLANKS...............................................................13

HAND TOOLS .................................................................13

HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEMS.........................................15

INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS ...................................................15

KEYS ...............................................................................16

MACHINE GUARDING....................................................16

MANLIFTS.......................................................................16

MEASUREMENT.............................................................16

METRIC SYSTEM ...........................................................17

NUCLEAR........................................................................17

OPERATOR QUALIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION..17

PALLETS.........................................................................17

PERFORMANCE TEST CODES.....................................17

PIPING.............................................................................22

PLUMBING......................................................................22

POST CONSTRUCTION .................................................24

POWERED PLATFORMS...............................................24

PRESSURE VESSELS....................................................24

PUMPS ............................................................................24

REINFORCED THERMOSET PLASTIC CORROSIONRESISTANT EQUIPMENT..............................................24

SCREW THREADS .........................................................24

STEEL STACKS..............................................................25

STORAGE TANKS..........................................................25

SURFACE QUALITY.......................................................25

TOOLS.............................................................................25

TURBINES.......................................................................29

VALVES, FITTINGS, FLANGES, GASKETS .................30

Prices In £ (GB Pounds), $ (US Dollars) and � (Euros)Subject to change without notice.

3

AUTHORIZED INSPECTIONQAI-1, Qualifications For Authorized InspectionThis Standard is arranged into the Parts listed below. Part 0 Requirements for qualifications andduties of the Authorized Inspection Agency,its Authorized Nuclear Inspectors, and its AuthorizedNuclear Inspector Supervisors, as used with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III,Division 1, Nuclear Power Plant Components. 1 Requirements for qualifications and duties of theAuthorized Inspection Agency, its Authorized Nuclear Inservice Inspectors, and its Authorized NuclearInservice Inspector Supervisors, as used with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section XI,Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components 2 Requirements for qualificationsof the Authorized Inspection Agency, its Authorized Nuclear Inspectors (Concrete), and its AuthorizedNuclear Inspector Supervisors (Concrete), as used with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel CodeSection III, Division 2, Code for Concrete Reactor Vessels and Containments 4 Requirements forAccreditation of Authorized Inspection Agencies 5 Requirements for qualifications and duties of theAuthorized Inspection Agency and its Supervisors, and qualifications of Authorized Inspectors, asused with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Sections 1; IV; VIII, Divs. 1 & 2; and X.

1995 - Product No. J09595 - Price: £31.00/ $46.00/ €46.00

AUTOMOTIVE LIFTING DEVICESPALD, Safety Standard For Portable Automotive Lifting DevicesThe scope of this Standard is the standardization of safety and performance requirements for portableautomotive lifting equipment including: (A) Hydraulic Hand Jacks (B) Transmission Jacks (C) EngineStands (D) Vehicle Support Stands (E) Mechanical Screw Jacks (F) Mechanical Bumper Jacks (G)Mechanical Scissors Jacks (H) Mechanical Frame Jacks (I) Upright Type Mobile Lifts (J) ServiceJacks (K) Wheel Dollies (L) Shop Cranes (M) Swing Type Mobile Lifts (N) Scissors Type Mobile Lifts(O) Auxiliary Stands (P) Automotive Ramps (Q) High Reach Supplementary Stands This Standardmay include requirements for safety, health, design, production, construction, maintenance,performance, or operation of equipment, and/or qualification of personnel.


BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODEBPVC-I, BPVC Section I-Power BoilersThis section provides requirements for all methods of construction of power, electric, and miniatureboilers; high temperature water boilers used in stationary service; and power boilers used inlocomotive, portable, and traction service. Rules pertaining to use of the V, A, M, PP, S and E Codesymbol stamps are also included. The rules are applicable to boilers in which steam or other vapor isgenerated at a pressures exceeding 15 psig, and high temperature water boilers intended foroperation at pressures exceeding 160 psig and or temperatures exceeding 250 degree F.Superheaters, economizers, and other pressure parts connected directly to the boiler withoutintervening valves are considered as part of the scope of Section 1.

2001 - Product No. S00010 - Price: £234.00/ $351.00/ €351.00BPVC-IIA, BPVC Section II-Materials-Part A-Ferrous MaterialSpecificationsThis part is a service book to the other Code Sections, providing material specifications for ferrousmaterials adequate for safety in the field of pressure equipment. These specifications containrequirements and mechanical properties, test specimens, and methods of testing. They aredesignated by SA numbers and are derived from ASTM "A" specifications

2001 - Product No. S0002A - Price: £369.00/ $553.00/ €553.00BPVC-IIB, BPVC Section II-Materials-Part B-Nonferrous MaterialSpecificationsThis part is a service book to the other Code Sections providing material specifications for nonferrousmaterials adequate for safety in the field of pressure equipment. These specifications containrequirements for heat treatment, manufacture, chemical composition, heat and product analyses,mechanical test requirements and mechanical properties, test specimens, and methods of testing.They are designated by SB numbers and are derived from ASTM "B" specifications.

2001 - Product No. S0002B - Price: £352.00/ $527.00/ €527.00BPVC-IIC, BPVC Section II-Materials Part C-Specifications ForWelding Rods Electrodes And Filler MetalsThis is a service book to the other Code Sections providing material specifications for themanufacture, acceptability, chemical composition, mechanical usability, surfacing, testingrequirements and procedures, operating characteristics, and intended uses for welding rods,electrodes and filler metals. These specifications are designated by SFA numbers and are derivedfrom AWS specifications.

2001 - Product No. S0002C - Price: £352.00/ $527.00/ €527.00BPVC-IID, BPVC Section II-Materials-Part D-PropertiesThis is a service book to Code Sections providing tables of design stress values, tensile and yieldstrength values, and tables and charts of material properties. Part D facilitates ready identification ofspecific materials to specific Sections of the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Part D containsappendices which contain criteria for establishing allowable stress, the bases for establishing externalpressure charts, and information required for approval of new materials.

2001 - Product No. S0002D - Price: £352.00/ $527.00/ €527.00BPVC-III-NCA, BPVC Section III-Rules Construction Nuclear PowerPlant Components-Subsection NCA-General Requirements Div1and2This Section provides requirements for the materials, design, fabrication, examination, testing,inspection, installation, certification, stamping, and overpressure protection of nuclear power plantcomponents, and component and piping supports. Components include metal vessels and systems,pumps, valves, and core support structures. The components and supports covered by this Sectionare intended to be installed in a nuclear power system which serves the purpose of producing andcontrolling the output of thermal energy from nuclear fuel and those associated systems essential tothe functions and overall safety of the nuclear power system. This Section provides requirements fornew construction and includes consideration of mechanical and thermal stresses due to cyclicoperation. Deterioration which may occur in service as a result of radiation effects, corrosion, erosion,or instability of the material is not covered. Rules pertaining to the use of N, NPT, NA and NV Codesymbol stamps are also included.

2001 - Product No. S0003R - Price: £265.00/ $397.00/ €397.00BPVC-III NB, BPVC Section III-Rules Construction Nuclear PowerPlant Components-Div 1-Subsection-NB-Class 1 ComponentsThis Subsection contains requirements for the material, design, fabrication, examination, testing andoverpressure protection of items which are intended to conform to the requirements for Class 1construction. The rules of Subsection NB cover the requirements for assuring the structural integrity ofitems.

2001 - Product No. S0003B - Price: £265.00/ $397.00/ €397.00

BPVC-III NC, BPVC Section III-Rules Construction Nuclear PowerPlant Components-Div 1-Subsection NC-Class 2 ComponentsThis Subsection contains requirements for the material, design, fabrication, examination, testing andoverpressure protection of items which are intended to conform to the requirements for Class 2construction. The rules of Subsection NC cover the requirements for assuring the structural integrity ofitems.

2001 - Product No. S0003C - Price: £265.00/ $397.00/ €397.00BPVC-III ND, BPVC Section III-Rules Construction Nuclear PowerPlant Components-Div 1-Subsection ND-Class 3 ComponentsThis Subsection contains requirements for the material, design, fabrication, examination, testing andoverpressure protection of items which are intended to conform to the requirements for Class 3construction. The rules of Subsection ND cover the requirements for assuring the structural integrity ofitems.

2001 - Product No. S0003D - Price: £265.00/ $397.00/ €397.00BPVC-III NE, BPVC Section III-Rules Construction Nuclear PowerPlant Components-Div 1-Subsection NE-Class MC ComponentsThis Subsection contains requirements for the material, design, fabrication, examination, inspection,testing and overpressure protection of metal containment vessels which are intended to conform tothe requirements for Class MNC construction. The rules of Subsection NE cover the requirements forassuring the structural integrity of the metal containment vessel.

2001 - Product No. S0003E - Price: £243.00/ $364.00/ €364.00BPVC-III NF, BPVC Section III-Rules Construction Nuclear PowerPlant Components-Div 1-Subsection NF-SupportsThis Subsection contains requirements for the material, design, fabrication, and examination ofsupports which are intended to conform to the requirements for Classes 1, 2, 3, and MC construction.Nuclear power plant supports for which rules are specified in this Subsection are those metal supportswhich are designed to transmit loads from the pressure retaining barrier of the component of piping tothe load carrying building structure. In some cases there may be intervening elements in thecomponent support load path which are not constructed to the rules of this Section, such as dieselengines, electric motors, valve operators, coolers, and access structures.

2001 - Product No. S0003F - Price: £243.00/ $364.00/ €364.00BPVC-III NG, BPVC Section III-Rules Construction Nuclear PowerPlant Components-Div 1-Subsection NG-Core Support StructuresThis Subsection contains requirements for the material, design, fabrication, and examination requiredin the manufacture and installation of core support structures. Core support structures are thosestructures or parts of structures which are designed to provide direct support or restraint of the core(fuel & blanket assemblies) within the reactor pressure vessel.

2001 - Product No. S0003G - Price: £213.00/ $319.00/ €319.00BPVC-III NH, BPVC Section III Rules Construction Nuclear PowerPlant Component-Div 1 Subsec NH CL 1 Cmpnts Elev Temp SrvcThis Subsection contains requirements for materials, design, fabrication, examination, testing andoverpressure relief of Class 1 components, parts, and appurtenances which are expected to functioneven when metal temperatures exceed those covered by the rules and stress limits of Subsection NBand Tables 2A, 2B, and 4 of Section II, Part D, Subpart 1.

2001 - Product No. S0003H - Price: £239.00/ $358.00/ €358.00BPVC-III APP, BPVC Section III-Rules For Construction Of NuclearPower Plant Components-Division 1-APPENDICESThis Subsection contains appendices, both mandatory and nonmandatory for Section III, Division 1(Subsection NCA through NG) and Division 2, including a listing of design and design analysismethods and information, and Data Report Forms. These appendices are referenced by and are anintegral part of Subsection NCA through NG and Division 2.

2001 - Product No. S0003A - Price: £278.00/ $416.00/ €416.00BPVC-III-2, BPVC Section III-Rules Construction Nuclear PowerPlant Components-Div 2-Code for Concrete Reactor Vessels andContainmentsThis Section contains requirements for the material, design, construction, fabrication, testing,examination, and overpressure protection of concrete reactor vessels and concrete containmentstructures, prestressed or reinforced. These requirements are applicable only to those componentsthat are designed to provide a pressure retaining or containing barrier. They are not applicable toother support structures, except as they directly affect the components of the systems. This Sectioncontains appendices, both mandatory and nonmandatory, for Division 2 construction.

2001 - Product No. S00032 - Price: £269.00/ $403.00/ €403.00BPVC-III-3, BPVC Section III-Rules Construction Nuclear PowerPlant Components-Div 3 Containment Systems for Storage andTransport Packaging of Spent Nuclear Fuel and High LevelRadioactive WasteThis Section contains the rules of Division 3 constitute requirements for the design and construction ofthe containment system of a nuclear spent fuel or high level radioactive waste transport packaging.

2001 - Product No. S00033 - Price: £269.00/ $403.00/ €403.00BPVC-IV, BPVC Section IV-Rules For Construction Of HeatingBoilersThis Subsection provides requirements for design, fabrication, installation and inspection of steamgenerating boilers, and hot water boilers intended for low pressure service that are directly fired by oil,gas, electricity, or coal. It contains appendices which cover approval of new material, methods ofchecking safety valve and safety relief valve capacity, examples of methods of checking safety valveand safety relief valve capacity, examples of methods of calculation and computation, definitionsrelating to boiler design and welding, and quality control systems. Rules pertaining to use of the H,HV, and HLW Code symbol stamps are also included.

2001 - Product No. S00040 - Price: £226.00/ $338.00/ €338.00BPVC-V, BPVC Section V-Nondestructive ExaminationThis Section contains requirements and methods for nondestructive examination which arereferenced and required by other code Sections. It also includes manufacturer's examinationresponsibilities, duties of authorized inspectors and requirements for qualification of personnel,inspection and examination. Examination methods are intended to detect surface and internaldiscontinuities in materials, welds, and fabricated parts and components. A glossary of related termsis included.

2001 - Product No. S00050 - Price: £252.00/ $377.00/ €377.00BPVC-VI, BPVC Section Vi-Recommended Rules For The Care AndOperation Of Heating BoilersThis Section covers general descriptions, terminology and operation guidelines applicable to steel andcast iron boilers limited to the operating ranges of Section IV Heating Boilers. It includes guidelines for

4

associated controls and automatic fuel burning equipment. Illustrations show typical examples ofavailable equipment. Also included is a glossary of terms commonly associated with boilers, controls,and fuel burning equipment.

2001 - Product No. S00060 - Price: £144.00/ $215.00/ €215.00BPVC-VII, BPVC Section Vii-Recommended Guidelines For The CareOf Power BoilersThe purpose of these guidelines is to promote safety in the use of stationary, portable, and tractiontype heating boilers. This Section provides such guidelines to assist operators of power boilers inmaintaining their plants as safely as possible. Emphasis has been placed on industrial type boilersbecause of their extensive use.

2001 - Product No. S00070 - Price: £148.00/ $221.00/ €221.00BPVC-VIII, BPVC Section VIII- Rules For Construction of PressureVessels Division 1This Division of Section VIII provides requirements applicable to the design, fabrication, inspection,testing, and certification of pressure vessels operating at either internal or external pressuresexceeding 15 psig. Such pressure vessels may be fired or unfired. Specific requirements apply toseveral classes of material used in pressure vessel construction, and also to fabrication methods suchas welding, forging and brazing. It contains mandatory and nonmandatory appendices detailingsupplementary design criteria, nondestructive examination and inspection acceptance standards.Rules pertaining to the use of the U, UM and UV Code symbol stamps are also included.

2001 - Product No. S00081 - Price: £369.00/ $553.00/ €553.00BPVC-VIII-2, BPVC Section VIII-Rules For Construction Of PressureVessels Division 2-Alternative RulesThis Division of Section VIII provides requirements applicable to the design, fabrication, inspection,testing, and certification of pressure vessels operating at either internal or external pressuresexceeding 15 psig. Such vessels may be fired or unfired. This pressure may be obtained from anexternal source or by the application of heat from a direct or indirect source, or any combinationthereof. These rules provide an alternative to the minimum requirements for pressure vessels underDivision 1 rules. In comparison the Division 1, Division 2 requirements on materials, design, andnondestructive examination are more rigorous; however, higher design stress intensify values arepermitted. Division 2 rules cover only vessels to be installed in a fixed location for a specific servicewhere operation and maintenance control is retained during the useful life of the vessel by the userwho prepares or causes to be prepared the design specifications. These rules may also apply tohuman occupancy pressure vessels typically in the diving industry. Rules pertaining to the use of theU2 and UV Code symbol stamps are also included.

2001 - Product No. S00082 - Price: £360.00/ $540.00/ €540.00BPVC-VIII-3, BPVC Section VIII-Rules For Construction Of PressureVessels Division 3-Alternative Rules High Press VesselsThis Division of Section VIII provides requirements applicable to the design, fabrication, inspection,testing, and certification of pressure vessels operating at either internal or external pressuresgenerally above 10,000 psi. Such vessels may be fired or unfired. This pressure may be obtainedfrom an external source, a process reaction, by the application of heat from a direct or indirect source,or any combination thereof. Division 3 rules cover vessels intended for a specific service and installedin a fixed location or relocated from work site to work site between pressurizations. The operation andmaintenance control is retained during the useful life of the vessel by the user who prepares orcauses to be prepared the design specifications. Division 3 does not establish maximum pressurelimits for either Section VIII, Divisions 1 or 2, nor minimum pressure limits for this Division. Rulespertaining to the use of the UV3 Code symbol stamps are also included.

2001 - Product No. S00083 - Price: £304.00/ $455.00/ €455.00BPVC-IX, BPVC Section IX-Welding And Brazing QualificationsThis Section contains rules relating to the qualification of welding and brazing procedures as requiredby othe Code Sections for component manufacture. It also covers rules relating to the qualificationand requalification of welders, brazers, and welding and brazing operators in order that they mayperform welding or brazing as required by other Code Sections in the manufacture of components.Welding and brazing data cover essential and nonessential variables specific to the welding orbrazing process used.

2001 - Product No. S00090 - Price: £265.00/ $397.00/ €397.00BPVC-X, BPVC Section X-Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure VesselsThis Section provides requirements for construction of an FRP pressure vessel in conformance with amanufacturer's design report. It includes production, processing, fabrication, inspection and testingmethods required for the vessel. Section X includes two Classes of vessel design; Class 1 aqualification through the destructive test of a prototype and Class II,mandatory design rules andacceptance testing by nondestructive methods. These vessels are not permitted to store, handle orprocess lethal fluids. Vessels fabrication is limited to the following processes: bag-molding, centrifugalcasting and filament-winding and contact molding. General specifications for the glass and resinmaterials and minimum physical properties for the composite materials are given.

2001 - Product No. S00100 - Price: £208.00/ $312.00/ €312.00BPVC-XI, Bpvc Section XI - Rules For Inservice Inspection OfNuclear Power Plant ComponentsThis Section contains Division 1 and 3, in one volume and provides rules for the examination,inservice testing and inspection, and repair and replacement of components and systems in lightwater cooled and liquid metal cooled nuclear power plants. The Division 2 rules for inspection andtesting of components of gas cooled nuclear power plants have been deleted in the 1995 Edition. Withthe decommissioning of the only gas cooled reactor to which these rules apply, there is no apparentneed to continue publication of Division 2. Application of this Section of the Code begins when therequirements of the Construction Code have been satisfied. The rules of this Section constituterequirements to maintain the nuclear power plant while in activities. The rules require a mandatoryprogram of scheduled examinations, testing, and inspections to evidence adequate safety. Themethod of nondestructive examination to be used and flaw size characterization are also containedwithin this Section.

2001 - Product No. S00011 - Price: £364.00/ $546.00/ €546.00BPVC-CC-BPV, BPVC Code Cases: Boilers And Pressure VesselsThis volume contains provisions which have been adopted by the Boiler and Pressure VesselCommittee that cover all Sections of the code other than Section III, Divisions 1 and 2 and Section XIto provide, when the need is urgent, rules for materials or constructions not covered by existing Coderules.

2001 - Product No. S00120 - Price: £352.00/ $527.00/ €527.00BPVC-CC-N, BPVC Nuclear Code Cases: Nuclear ComponentsThis volume contains provisions which have been adopted by the Boiler and Pressure VesselCommittee that cover Section III, Divisions 1 and 2, and Section XI to provide, when the need isurgent, rules for materials or constructions not covered by existing Code rules.

2001 - Product No. S0012N - Price: £364.00/ $546.00/ €546.00BPVC-BINDER, All Purpose Binder (BPVC)

A customized binder for the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: vinyl, reinforced hinges, with 5-prong mechanism and 3 inch capacity.

2001 - Product No. S00140 - Price: £22.00/ $33.00/ €33.00BPVC SET, Boiler And Pressure Vessels Code 2001 Complete SetSee individual sections of the Code for full details

2001 - Product No. SX0230 - Price: £7020.00/ $10530.00/ €10530.00BPVC SET and BINDERS, Boiler And Pressure Vessel Code 2001Complete Set With BindersSee individual sections of the Code for full details

2001 - Product No. SX0330 - Price: £7540.00/ $11310.00/ €11310.00

CHAINSB29.10M, Heavy Duty Offset Sidebar Power Transmission RollerChains And Sprocket TeethThis Standard includes information for Heavy Duty Offset Sidebar Power Transmission Roller Chains;General Chain Designators; Chain Assembly; and Sprocket Tooth Form. There are also tables forGeneral Chain Dimensions M.U.T.S., Strand Length and Measuring Load; Maxi- mum and MinimumControlling Link Dimensions for Interchangeable Chain Links; Chain Clearance Dimensions;Maximum Eccentricity and Face Runout Tolerance; and Sprocket Factors.

1997 - Product No. M07897 - Price: £27.00/ $40.00/ €40.00B29.1M, Precision Power Transmission Roller Chains, AttachmentsAnd SprocketsThis standard covers transmission roller chains, attachments, and sprockets. It is intended to facilitatefulfillment of the needs of users, distributors, and manufacturers of chain sprocket drives on a soundeconomic basis and in a manner consistent with sound engineering and manufacturing practices.Control dimensions are given in this standard to assure interchangeability between chains, sprockets,and chain links as supplied by different manufacturers. Information for the guidance of users in theapplication of these drives is also included.

1993 - Product No. K12793 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B29.11M, Combination Chains Attachments and Sprocket TeethThis Standard includes information for Combination Chains, Attachments, and Sprocket Teeth. Thereare also tables for Maximum and Minimum Controlling Dimensions for Interchangeable Chain Links;General Chain Dimensions, Proof Test Load, Strand Length; and Measuring Load for Checking ChainLengths; A22, F2, G6, G19, K1, AND K2 Attachments; Chain Clearance Dimensions; SprocketsMaximum Eccentricity and Face Runout at Root Diameter; and Sprocket Factors.

1994 - Product No. K08194 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B29.12M, Steel Bushed Rollerless Chains Attachments andSprocket TeethThis Standard includes information for Steel Bushed Rollerless Chains, Attachments, and SprocketTeeth; General Chain Proportions and Designations; Chain and Attachment Dimensions; andSprocket Tooth Form. There are also tables for General Chain Dimensions, M.U.T.S., Strand Lengthand Measuring Load; Maximum and Minimum Controlling Dimensions for Interchangeable ChainLinks; Chain Clearance Dimensions; A-1, A-2, A-22, K-1, K-2, K-3, K-35, K-44, & K443 Attachments;Sprockets- Maximum Eccentricity and Face Runout Tolerances; and Sprocket Factors.

1997 - Product No. K03097 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B29.14M, H-Type Mill Chains, Attachments, And Sprocket TeethThis Standard includes information for "H" type mill chains, attachments, and sprocket teeth; sprockettooth form; general chain proportions/designations; and sprockets. There are also tables for chainclearance dimensions; general chain dimensions, proof test load; strand length, and measuring loadfor checking chain lengths; maximum and minimum controlling dimensions for interchangeable chainlinks; F4, H2, K1, and 2, R1 and RR attachments; sprockets-maximum eccentricity and face runout atroot diameter; and sprocket factors.

1996 - Product No. M06296 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B29.15M, Steel Roller Type Conveyor Chains, Attachments, AndSprocket TeethThis Standard includes information for Heavy Duty Roller Type Conveyor Chains and Sprocket Teeth;General Chain Proportions and Designations; Chain Nomenclature and Dimensions; and SprocketTooth Form. There are also tables for General Chain Dimensions M.U.S. Rating, and Measuring LoadFor Checking Chain Length; Maximum and Minimum Controlling Dimensions for ChainInterchangeable Chain Links; Chain Clearance Dimensions; Strand Length Tolerances; MaximumEccentricity and Face Runout Tolerances of Sprocket Teeth; and Sprocket Tooth Form Factors.

1997 - Product No. M07997 - Price: £28.00/ $41.00/ €41.00B29.16M, Welded Steel Type Mill Chains Attachments And SprocketTeethThis Standard covers welded steel type mill chains: a series of identical welded offset links havingbarrels to contact the sprocket teeth, and pins which articulate in the barrels of the links. Pins are fixedin the sidebar pitch holes by either press fits and/or mechanical locks, such as flats, to preventrotation of the pins in the sidebar pitch holes. It also covers General Chain dimensions & A-1, A-2, A-22, F-2, F-4, K-1, K-1 & W-2 Attachments.

1995 - Product No. K07995 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B29.17M, Hinge Type Flat Top Conveyor Chains and Sprocket Teeth1 CHAIN NOMENCLATURE Steel hinge type flat top conveyor chains: a series of steel (carbon orstainless) flat surfaces of various widths as specified herein made integral with hinge-like barrels oneach side. These barrels are designed to interlace so that pins inserted through the holes formed bythe barrels connect adjacent links, thus forming a continuous length of flat top conveyor chain free toflex in one direction. Pins are retained by press fit and/or heading with respect to the barrels of onelink while being a free or slip fit with respect to the interlaced barrels of the adjacent link. The chain soformed is driven by meshing the curl outside diameters with sprocket teeth. Plastic hinge type flat topconveyor chains: similar to steel type flat top chains except that the chain links are molded of plasticmaterial. Pins are usually made of stainless steel and may be retained by press fit or knurls. 2.1Minimum Ultimate Tensile Strength (M.U.T.S.) Minimum Ultimate Tensile Strength (M.U.T.S.) forchain covered by this Standard is the minimum force at which an unused, undamaged chain could failwhen subjected to a single tensile loading test.

1998 - Product No. K07898 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B29.18M, Welded Steel-Type Drag Chains Attachments AndSprocket TeethThis standard includes information on Welded Steel Type Drag Chains, Attachments, and SprocketTeeth. There are also tables on Barrel Cross Sections, General Chain Dimensions, Minimum UltimateTensile Strength, Measuring Length and Load for Checking Chain Lengths, Chain ClearanceDimensions, a variety of Attachments, and Sprocket Tooth Form Factors.

1993 - Product No. K08093 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00

5

B29.2M, Inverted Tooth (Silent) Chains and SprocketsThis standard includes tolerance for chain length, chain dimensions for 3/8 in pitch chain and largersprocket face profile for 3/16 in. Pitch chain and larger, tooth form dimensions for 3/8 and 3/16 in.Pitch chains, diameters and measuring dimensions for 3/8 and 3/16 in pitch chains, tolerancesdiameters and tabulation of pitch diameter for 3/8 and 3/16 in. Pitch chains. Also included is certain"Supplementary Information" which contains suggestions relative to the application and use of thechains covered by this standard.

1982 - Product No. K00111 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B29.21M, 700 Class Welded Steel and Cast Chains, Attachments,And Sprockets For WaterandSEWAGE Treatment PlantsThis standard includes information on 700 Class welded steel and cast chains, attachments andsprockets for water and sewage treatment plants. There are also tables for General ChainDimensions; A42, F2, F22-6, F22-8, K2 and M1 Attachments; Minimum and Maximum ControllingDimensions for Interchangeable Chain Links; Chain Clearance Dimensions; Maximum Eccentricityand Face Run-out at Root Diameter; and Flange Diameters for Curved Sidebar Type Chain.

1996 - Product No. K10596 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B29.22, Drop Forged Rivetless Chains, Sprockets Teeth DriveChain/Drive DogsThis Standard includes information for Drop Forged Rivetless Chains, Sprocket Teeth DriveChain/Drive Dogs; Strand Length Tolerance; Dimensions for Chain Links; Chain Assembly; SprocketTooth Forms-A and B; Drive; and Drive Dogs-ANSI 160 and ISO 32A1 Drive Chains. There are alsotables for Regular, X-Type, and Modified X-Type Drop Forged Rivetless Chains; Sprockets MaximumEccentricity and Face Runout at Root Diameter; and Sprocket Factors.

2001 - Product No. K10401 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B29.23M, Flexible Chain Couplings1 DESCRIPTION AND DEFINITIONS 1.1. DESCRIPTION A chain type flexible coupling is onemember of a broad family of mechanical shaft connectors that transmit torque without slip and that willaccommodate a moderate misalignment between axially oriented driving and driven machinemembers. This Standard covers couplings of the chain type where two hubs having chain sprocketteeth are engaged by means of a length of roller chain or silent chain.

1985 - Product No. K00114 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B29.24M, Roller Load Chains For Overhead Hoists1 SCOPE This Standard covers specialized roller chains that are designed specifically as load chainsfor use in overhead hoists.

1995 - Product No. K12695 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B29.26, Fatigue Testing Power Transmission Roller ChainThis Standard covers fatigue testing, in axial tension, of power transmission roller chains in ASMEB29.1M and B29.3M, and nonstandard variants of those chains.

2001 - Product No. M16001 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B29.3M, Double-Pitch Power Transmission Roller Chains andSprocketsThis Standard includes information for Double Pitch Power Transmission Roller Chains; MinimumUltimate Tensile Strength; Tolerance for Chain Length; Dimensional Limits for Interchangeability;Types of Sprockets; Tooth Section Profile; and Tolerance for Diameters and Measuring Dimensions.There are also tables for General Chain Dimensions, in. and mm; Ultimate Dimensional Limits forInterchangeability, in. and mm; Sprocket Tooth Section Profile Dimensions, in. and mm; andMaximum Eccentricity and Face Runout Tolerances for Commercial Sprockets (Measured as TotalIndicator Reading), in. and mm.

1994 - Product No. K07594 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B29.300, Agricultural, Detachable, And Pintle Chains, AttachmentsAnd SprocketsOn August 26,1998, the B29 Standard committee agreed via letter ballot to consolidate and revise thefollowing three chain standards: ASME B29.6, Steel Detachable Link Chains, Attachments, andSprockets; ASME B29.19, Agricultural Roller Chains, Attachments, and Sprockets; and ASMEB29.25, Open Barrel Steel Pintle-Type Conveyor Chains, Attachments, and Sprockets. The newStandard was designated ASME B29.300, and entitled Agricultural, Detachable, and Pintle Chains,Attachments, and Sprockets. The 1998 revisions of B29.6, B29.19, and B29.25 have been designedto integrate the agricultural type chains found in each of these three Standards. B29.6 - SteelDetachable Link Chains, Attachments, and Sprockets This Standard establishes, in the main, onlythose dimensions that will provide for interchangeability of the chains in use without restricting thechain manufacturers in their overall design. The 1983 revision included the sprocket dimensioncontrolling the surfaces that must properly engage or clear the chain. The 1994 edition updated theStandard to the current ANSI standards format and symbols covering chains. Number 45 and No. 67were deleted from the Standard since they are no longer manufactured. The definition of MinimumUltimate Tensile Strength (M.U.T.S.) was also updated. In this edition, the symbols and sprocketinformation sections were revised to provide consistency throughout the consolidated B29.300Standard. B29.19 - Agricultural Roller Chains, Attachments, and Sprockets The Standard establishesessentially only those dimensions that will provide for interchangeability of the chains in use withoutrestricting the chain manufacturers in their overall designs. The B29 Committee agrees that theCA550 and CA620 chains may be used on No. 55 and No. 62 detachable chain sprockets,respectively; however, the sprocket data included in this Standard is for sprockets designedspecifically for CA550 and CA620 chains. The difference in sprocket design is necessary because ofthe difference in roller diameters. The 1993 revision included updating to the current ANSI standardsformat and symbols covering chains and sprockets. Minimum Ultimate Tensile Strength (M.U.T.S.)was redefined. The 1996 revision changed the name of the Standard from "A and CA550 and 620Roller Chains, Attachments, and Sprockets" to "Agricultural Roller Chains, Attachments, andSprockets." Also, two new chains for both drive series (A555 and A557) and conveyor series (CA555and CA557), as well as several associated attachments, were added to the Standard. In this edition,the sprocket tooth form was modified to be identical with the form used in the other two chains.B29.25 - Open Barrel Steel Pintle-Type Conveyor Chains, Attachments, and Sprockets The openbarrel steel pintle chain was originally developed in 1962 for the agricultural implement industry. Theoriginal sizes were developed to run on the same sprockets as their detachable chain counterparts ofANSI B29.6. In later years, sizes were developed to accommodate industrial applications as well. Thesteel pintle chain is primarily used as a conveyor chain and, in limited use, as a power transmissionchain. Typical conveyor speeds are under 300 ft/min. Consult manufacturers for details. The 1994revision incorporated a restatement of the definition of Minimum Ultimate Tensile Strength (M.U.T.S.),and an addition of footnotes in Tables 3 and 4 regarding hole sizes in certain attachments. In thisedition, Tables 1 and 2 were combined for simplicity, and the sprocket tooth form was modified to beidentical with the form used for the other two chains.

1998 - Product No. K14298 - Price: £46.00/ $69.00/ €69.00B29.4M, Double-Pitch Conveyor Roller Chains, Attachments andSprocketsThis Standard includes information for Double-pitch conveyor roller chains, attachments, andsprockets; Attachment link plates for Double-pitch conveyor chains, small and large roller series; andsprockets for double-pitch roller chain. There are also tables for General Chain Dimensions,

Measuring Loads, and Ultimate Tensile Strengths (Conventional and SI Units); Ultimate DimensionalLimits for Interchangeability, in. and mm; Dimensional Limits, in. and mm (Straight Link PlateExtension With One and Two attachment Holes, Small Roller Series); Dimensional limits, in. and mm(bent link plate extension with one and two attachment holes, small roller series); Dimensional limits,in. and mm (Conveyor Chain With Extended Pin, Small and Large Roller Series); Sprocket ToothSection Profile Dimensions, in. and mm; Maximum Eccentricity and Face Runout Tolerances forCommercial Sprockets (Measured as Total Indicator Reading), in. and mm; Minus Tolerances on theBottom or Caliper Diameters of Sprockets for Various Numbers of Effective Teeth, in. and mm; andSprocket Factors, Small and large series.

1994 - Product No. M07294 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B29.8M, Leaf Chains, Clevises And SheavesThis standard includes information on Leaf Chains, Clevises, Sheaves, and Lubrication. There arealso tables for General Chain Dimensions, in and mm, and Dimensions for Anchor Clevises-Type BLeaf Chain, in and mm.

1993 - Product No. M00393 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00

COMPRESSORSB19.1, Safety Standard For Air Compressor Systems

1995 - Product No. J09795 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00B19.3, Safety Standard For Compressors For Process IndustriesThe specific recommendations in this Standard cover the requirements for safety devices andprotective facilities to prevent compressor accidents as a result of excessive pressure, destructivemechanical failures, internal fires or explosions, and leakage of toxic or flammable fluids. Generalsafety practices and hazards unique to compressors are also covered. This Standard applies to thecompressor and its auxiliaries, including drivers, intercoolers, surge chambers, disengaging drums orscrubbers, interconnecting piping and lubrication, seal oil, and jacket water systems. Therequirements of this Standard apply to all types of compressors (centrifugal, axial, rotary, andreciprocating) which are an integral part of facilities for processing petroleum, petro chemicals, orchemicals, including air separation plants. They do not apply to plant utility compressors.


CONTROLSCSD-1, Control and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired BoilersThe rules of this code cover requirements for the assembly,maintenance,and operation of controlsand safety devices installed on automatically operated boilers directly fired with gas, oil, gas-oil, orelectricity, subject to certain service limitations and exclusions. Use of a gaseous or oil fuel not listedin the definitions has not been evaluated and special considerations may be required. Exclusions (a)Boilers with fuel input ratings of 12,500,000 Btu/hr (3 663 389 w) or above, falling within the scope ofNFPA 8501, NFPA 8502, NFPA 8503, and NFPA 8504. (b) Water heaters.

2002 - Product No. A09102 - Price: £42.00/ $63.00/ €63.00

CONVEYORSB20.1, Safety Standard For Conveyors And Related EquipmentThis Standard applies to the design, construction, inspection, and operation of conveyors andconveying systems in relation to hazards. The conveyors may be of the bulk material, package, or unithandling types where the installation is designed for permanent, temporary, or portable operation.This Standard shall apply, with the exceptions noted below, to all conveyor installations. ThisStandard specifically excludes any conveyor designed for, installed for, or used primarily for themovement of human beings, under- ground mine conveyors, automatic guided vehicles, tieringmachines (except pallet tierers), pneumatic conveyors, robots or integral machine transfer devices.


CRANES AND HOISTSHST-1, Performance Standard for Electric Chain Hoists1.1. Scope (a) This Standard establishes performance requirements for electric chain hoists forvertical lifting service involving material handling of freely suspended (unguided) loads using loadchain of the roller or welded link types with one of the following types of suspension: (1) lug; (2) hookor clevis; (3) trolley. (b) This Standard is applicable to hoists manufactured after the date on which thisStandard is issued. It is not applicable to: (1) damaged or malfunctioning hoists; (2) hoists that havebeen misused or abused; (3) hoists that have been altered without authorization of the manufactureror a qualified person; (4) hoists used for lifting or supporting people; (5) hoists used for the purpose ofdrawing both the load and hoist up or down the hoist's own load chain(s); and (6) hoists used formarine and other applications as required by the Department of Defense (DOD).

1999 - Product No. J07899 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00HST-2, Performance Standard for Hand Chain Manually OperatedChain Hoists1.1 SCOPE (a) This Standard establishes performance requirements for hand chain manuallyoperated chain hoists for vertical lifting service involving material handling of freely suspended(unguided) loads using welded link type load chain as a lifting medium with one of the following typesof suspension: (1) hook or clevis; (1) trolley. (b) This Standard is applicable to hoists manufacturedafter the date on which this Standard is issued. Differential pulley and self-locking worm drive typehoists are not covered in this Standard. (c) This Standard is not applicable to: (1) damaged ormalfunctioning hoists; (2) hoists that have been misused and abused (3) hoists that have been alteredwithout authorization of the manufacturer or a qualified person; (4) hoists used for lifting or supportingpeople; (5) hoists used for the purpose of drawing both the load and the hoist up or down the hoist'sown wire rope; and (6) hoists used for marine and other applications as required by the Department ofDefense (DOD).

1999 - Product No. J08799 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00HST-3, Performance Standard for Manually Lever Operated ChainHoists1.1 SCOPE (a) This Standard establishes performance requirements for manually lever operatedchain hoists used for lifting, pulling, and tensioning- type applications. (b) The specifications andinformation contained in this Standard apply to manually lever operated chain hoists of the followingtypes: (1) ratchet and pawl operation with: (a) roller-type load chain; (b) welded link-type load chain.(2) friction brake operation with: (a) roller-type load chain; (b) welded link-type load chain. (c) Manuallylever operated hoists using wire rope as the lifting medium and specially insulated lever hoistsdesigned for handling high voltage are not covered by this Standard. (d) This Standard is applicable tohoists manufactured after the date on which this Standard is issued. This Standard is not applicableto: (1) damaged of malfunctioning hoists; (2) hoists that have been misused of abused; (3) hoists thathave been altered without authorization of the manufacturer or a qualified person; (4) hoists used forlifting or supporting people; (5) hoists used for marine and other applications as required by theDepartment of Defense (DOD).


6

HST-4, Performance Standard for Overhead Electric Wire RopeHoists1.1 SCOPE (a) This Standard establishes performance requirements for air wire rope hoists forvertical lifting service involving material handling of freely suspended (unguided) loads using wire ropeas the lifting medium with one of the following types of suspension: (1) lug; (2) hook; (3) trolley; (4)base or deck mounted (does not include base mounted drum hoists of the type covered by ASMEB30.7); (5) wall or ceiling mounted (does not include base mounted drum hoists or the type coveredby ASME B30.7). (b) This Standard is applicable to hoists manufactured after the date on which thisStandard is issued. This Standard is not applicable to: (1) damaged or malfunctioning hoists; (2)hoists that have been misused or abused; (3) hoists that have been altered without authorization ofthe manufacturer or a qualified person; (4) hoists used for the purpose of drawing both the load andthe hoist up or down the hoist's own wire rope; (5) hoists used for marine and other applications asrequired by the Department of Defense (DOD). Freely suspended (unguided) loads using wire rope asthe lifting medium with one of the following types of suspension: (1) lug: (2) hook or clevis: (3) trolley:(4) base or deck mounted (does not include base mounted drum hoists of the type covered by ASMEB30.7). (5) wall or ceiling mounted (does not include base mounted drum hoists or the type coveredby ASME B30.7). (b) This Standard is applicable to hoists manufactured after the date on which thisStandard is issued. It is not applicable to: (1) damaged or malfunctioning hoists; (2) hoists that havebeen misused or abused; (3) hoists that have been altered without authorization of the manufactureror a qualified person; (4) hoists used for the purpose of drawing both the load and the hoist up ordown the hoist's own wire rope; (5) hoists used for marine and other applications as required by theDepartment of Defense (DOD).

1999 - Product No. J09999 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00HST-5, Performance Standard For Air Chain Hoists1.1 SCOPE (a) This Standard establishes performance requirements for air powered chain hoists forvertical lifting service involving material handling of freely suspended (unguided) loads using loadchain of the roller or welded link types with one of the following types of suspension: (1) lug; (2) hookor clevis; (3) trolley. (b) This Standard is applicable to hoists manufactured after the date on which thisStandard is issued. It is not applicable to: (1) damaged of malfunctioning hoists; (2) hoists that havebeen misused and abused; (3) hoists that have been altered without authorization of the manufactureror a qualified person; (4) hoists used for lifting of supporting people; (5) hoists used for the purpose ofdrawing both the load and hoist up or down the hoist's own load chain(s); or (6) hoists used for marineand other applications as required by the Department of Defense (DOD).

1999 - Product No. J10299 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00HST-6, Performance Standard for Air Wire Rope Hoists1.1 SCOPE (a) This Standard establishes performance requirements for air wire rope hoists forvertical lifting service involving material handling of freely suspended (unguided) loads using wire ropeas the lifting medium with one of the following types of suspension: (1) lug; (2) hook or clevis; (3)trolley; (4) base or deck mounted (does not include base mounted drum hoists of the type covered byASME B30.7). (5) wall or ceiling mounted (does not include base mounted drum hoists or the typecovered by ASME B30.7). (b) This Standard is applicable to hoists manufactured after the date onwhich this Standard is issued. It is not applicable to: (1) damaged or malfunctioning hoists; (2) hoiststhat have been misused or abused; (3) hoists that have been altered without authorization of themanufacturer or a qualified person; (4) hoists used for lifting or supporting people; (5) hoists used forthe purpose of drawing both the load and the hoist up or down the hoist's own wire rope; or (6) hoistsused for marine and other applications as required by the Department of Defense (DOD).

1999 - Product No. J10699 - Price: £28.00/ $41.00/ €41.00B30.1, JacksApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of general purpose,portable jacks of the following categories: hand-or power-operated hydraulic jacks, mechanical ratchetjacks, and hand-or power operated mechanical screw jacks. Jacks designed for automotive service,trip-lowered jacks, and those that are an integral part of other equipment are not included in the scopeof this Volume. Devices designed for static support rather than lifting are not included.

1998 - Product No. J06998 - Price: £46.00/ $69.00/ €69.00B30.2-2001, Overhead and Gantry Cranes,Top RunningBridge,Single or Multiple Girder Top Running Trolley HoistB30.2 applies to overhead and gantry cranes with a top running bridge of single or multiple girderconstruction, utilizing a top running trolley, including polar, semigantry, canti-lever gantry, wall cranes,and others having the same fundamental characteristics. This volume includes both power-driven andhand-operated equipment. These cranes are grouped because they all have top running trolleys andsimilar travel characteristics.

2002 - Product No. J08901 - Price: £39.00/ $58.00/ €58.00B30.3, Construction Tower CranesApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of construction towercranes, powered by electric motors or internal combustion engines, and any variations thereof whichretain the same fundamental characteristics. The scope includes cranes of the above type that thatadjust operating radius by means of a boom luffing mechanism, or by means of a combination of thetwo. Construction tower cranes may be mounted on fixed or traveling bases. Additional mountingmeans may include arrangements that permit the crane to climb in the structure being built, or thatpermit increasing the tower height as the structure rises and utilizing braces attached to the hoststructure as needed. The requirements of this volume are applicable only to cranes when used inlifting work. Permanently mounted tower cranes (refer to ASME B30.4) and mobile crane towerattachments (refer to ASME B30.5) are not within the scope of this volume.

1996 - Product No. J03396 - Price: £42.00/ $63.00/ €63.00B30.4, Portal Tower And Pedestal CranesApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of portal, tower, andpedestal cranes, built and intended for permanent installation or commercial use, and any variationsthereof which retain the same fundamental characteristics. The scope includes cranes of the abovetype that are powered by internal-combustion engines or electric motors, that adjust operating radiusby means of a boom, luffing mechanism or by means of a trolley traversing a horizontal boom, thatutilize drums and ropes for hoisting loads, and that may be mounted of fixed or traveling bases. Therequirements of this Volume are applicable only to cranes when used in lifting work. Constructiontower cranes (refer to ASME B30.3), telescopic boom cranes, and knuckleboom cranes are not withinthe scope of this Volume.

1996 - Product No. J00196 - Price: £42.00/ $63.00/ €63.00B30.5, Mobile And Locomotive CranesApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of crawler cranes,locomotive cranes, wheel-mounted cranes, and any variations thereof which retain the samefundamental characteristics. The scope includes only cranes powered by internal combustion enginesor electric motors. Side boom tractors and cranes designed for railway and automobile wreckclearance, digger derricks cranes manufactured specifically for, or when used for, energized electricalline service, knuckle boom, trolley cranes, and cranes having a maximum rated capacity of one ton orless are excluded. Special adaptations to the general type of machines covered by this volume, whereapplicable, fall under this scope. Some basic machine types within this scope are convertible forexcavating work and other uses not considered to be lifting service. The requirements of this volumeare applicable only to such machines when used as lifting cranes.

2000 - Product No. J08300 - Price: £52.00/ $78.00/ €78.00B30.6, DerricksApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of guy, stiffleg,basket, breast, gin pole, Chicago boom, shearleg, and A-frame derricks of the stationary type,capable of handling loads at variable reaches and powered by hoists through systems of rope reevingused to perform lifting hook work. Derricks may be permanently installed or installed for temporaryuse as in construction work. The requirements of B30.6 also apply to any modification of these typeswhich retain their fundamental features, except as specified for floating derricks in ASME/ANIS B30.8,Floating Cranes and Floating Derricks.

1995 - Product No. J09395 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00B30.7-2001, Base Mounted Drum HoistsApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of base mounteddrum hoists arranged for mounting on a foundation or other supporting structure for lifting or loweringloads, to derrick swingers, and to any variations which retain the same fundamental characteristics.The scope includes hoists which are powered by internal combustion engines, electric motors,compressed air, or hydraulics, and which utilized drums and rope. This volume does not apply tooverhead hoists, car pullers, barge pullers, truck body hoists, or other hoists or winches usedexclusively in horizontal pulling applications. Provisions of this volume do not encompass all of thesafety precautions and safeguards applicable when hoist loads consist wholly, or in part, of personnel.When base mounted drum hoists are used as an integral part of other lifting equipment, this volumemay not apply.

2002 - Product No. J09001 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00B30.8, Floating Cranes And Floating DerricksApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of cranes and derricksmounted on barges and pontoons. Floating cranes are convertible for excavation service and otheruses that are categorically not considered to be lifting service. The requirements of this volume areapplicable only to machines when used in lifting work.

2000 - Product No. J12499 - Price: £42.00/ $63.00/ €63.00B30.9, SlingsApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of slings for liftingpurposes, made from alloy steel chain, sewn synthetic webbing, wire rope, metal mesh, and syntheticfiber rope used in conjunction with equipment described in other volumes of the B30 Standard, exceptas specified in ANSI/ASME B30.12. Slings made from materials or constructions other than thosedetailed in this volume shall be used only in accordance with recommendations of the slingmanufacturer.

1996 - Product No. J09296 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00B30.10, HooksApplies to the construction, operation, inspection and maintenance of hooks used in conjunction withequipment addressed in other volumes of the B30 Standards.

2000 - Product No. J04899 - Price: £42.00/ $63.00/ €63.00B30.11, Monorails And Underhung CranesB30.11 applies to underhung cranes and monorail systems where load-carrying members, such asend trucks or carriers (trolleys), travel either on the external or internal lower flange of a runway tracksection, single monorail track, crane bridge girder, or jib boom, including all curves, switches, transferdevices, lift and drop sections, and associated equipment. This volume includes provisions of bothpower-driven and hand-operated equipment on which the carriers are independently controlled. Thisequipment is grouped together because of the similarity of construction and because of commonconsiderations which are peculiar to this type of equipment. Systems used for transporting personnelrequire special considerations and are not included in this volume. Also excluded from this volume areconveyor systems, including power and free conveyors.

1998 - Product No. J12098 - Price: £42.00/ $63.00/ €63.00B30.12, Handling Loads Suspended from RotorcraftAddresses the construction, operation, inspection, and maintenance of rotorcraft used to handlesuspended loads. Applies to the protection of ground personnel working directly with or in the vicinityof rotorcraft using a cargo sling or powered hoist, or other attaching means, to lift, carry, pull, or tow ajettisonable load outside of the rotorcraft airframe.

2001 - Product No. J04701 - Price: £38.00/ $57.00/ €57.00B30.13, Sotrage/Retrieval (S/R) Machines And AssociatedEquipmentApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of storage/ retrieval(S/R) machines and associated equipment, such as aisle transfer cars aisle equipment, and interfaceswith other material handling equipment covered under other standards. The provisions of this volumeapplying to S/R machines shall apply equally to the construction, installation, inspection, testing,maintenance, and operation of aisle transfer cars and any load handling equipment which is part of orattached to S/R machines or aisle transfer cars.

1996 - Product No. J05296 - Price: £39.00/ $58.00/ €58.00B30.14, Side Boom TractorsApplies to the manufacture, installation, inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation of side boomtractors used for pipe laying or similar type operations. Side boom tractors built or modified for use inother operations, such modifications shall be made by a qualified person and shall comply withrequirements set forth in standards applicable to the modified piece of equipment. This volume doesnot apply toside boom tractors having a maximum rated capacity of 1 ton or less. Some basicmachine types within this scope we usually convertible for excavating work. The requirements ofvolume is applicable only to machines when used with lifting boom.

1996 - Product No. J05996 - Price: £34.00/ $51.00/ €51.00B30.16, Overhead Hoists (Underhung) (B30.16)

1999 - Product No. J11698 - Price: £42.00/ $63.00/ €63.00B30.17, Overhead And Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge,SingleGirder, Underhung Hoists)Applies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection and maintenance of overhead andgantry cranes with a top running bridge, of single-girder construction, utilizing one or more underhunghoists operating on the bottom flange of the bridge girder. This volume includes both power-drivenand hand-operated equipment.

1998 - Product No. J06098 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B30.18, Stacker Cranes,Top Or Under Running Bridge Mltpl GirderWith Top Or Under Running Trolley Hoist (B30.18)Applies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection and maintenance of overhead andgantry stacker cranes with top running or under running bridge, multiple girder. The vertical mast forguiding the carriage is attached to the top running or under running trolley. These cranes are groupedbecause they all have the same features in vertically guiding the lifted load. Stacker cranes in thisgrouping include semi-gantry, cantilever gantry, and others having the same fundamentalcharacteristics.

7

1998 - Product No. J11398 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B30.19, CablewaysApplies to the construction, installation, operation inspection, and maintenance of all load transportinghoisting and lowering cable supported systems operating on and supported from track cable(s). Thisvolume does not apply to skyline systems as used in the logging industry or slackline systems usedfor excavating.

2000 - Product No. J10800 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00B30.20, Below-The-Hook Lifting DevicesB30.20 includes provisions that apply to the marking, construction, installation, inspection, testing,maintenance, and operation of below-the-hook lifting devices, other than slings, used for attachingloads to hoist.

1999 - Product No. J10099 - Price: £58.00/ $86.00/ €86.00B30.21, Manually Lever-Operated HoistsApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection and maintenance of manually leveroperated hoists, utilizing chain, wire rope, and web strap for the purpose of lifting, pulling, andtensioning applications, comprising hoists of the following types: (A) Ratchet and Pawl Operation (B)Friction Brake Operation Lever operated hoists of other types than those detailed in this volume shallbe used only in accordance with recommendations of the hoist manufacturer. Hoists used for liftingpersonnel require special considerations and are not included in this volume. Specially insulatedhoists used for handling electrically energized power lines require special considerations and are notincluded in this volume.

2000 - Product No. J12699 - Price: £47.00/ $70.00/ €70.00B30.22, Articulating Boom CranesApplies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, and maintenance of cranes with knucklebooms articulated by hydraulic cylinders, which are powered by internal combustion engines orelectric motors and are mounted on a mobile chassis or stationary installation. Frequently, hoistmechanism to broaden their versatility. Load hoist mechanism equipped machines are covered by thisvolume. Some basic machine types within this scope are convertible for excavating work and otheruses not considered to be lifting service. The Requirements of this volume are applicable only to suchmachines when used as lifting cranes. The following units are exempt from this volume: - Maximumrelated capacity of 1 ton or less; - Booms constructed of nonconductive type materials; - Equippedwith or designed primarily for personnel baskets, platforms, ladders, etc.; - When equipped with nonlifting attachments; - Forestry and logging applications; and - Telescoping boom cranes that do notarticulate (covered under B30.5).

2000 - Product No. J11700 - Price: £47.00/ $70.00/ €70.00B30.23, Personnel Lifting Systems

1998 - Product No. J14298 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B30.25, Scrap And Material HandlersB30.25 applies to scrap handlers consisting of a base, a revolving upper-structure with operator'sstation(s), and a front for lifting scrap or materials using attachments such as magnets and grapples,and any variations thereof in which the equipment retains the same fundamental characteristics.Bases may be crawler, rail-mounted, wheel-mounted, or pedestal. The scope includes only handlersused to lift, lower, and swing scrap and material at various radii which are powered by internalcombustion engines or electric motors, and which are operated hydraulically. This volume does notaddress hydraulic excavators designed for digging and trenching, forestry machines, machinesdesigned for demolition, lattice and telescopic boom cranes, rail-mounted cranes for railway andautomobile wreck clearance, or equipment covered by other volumes of this Standard.


DIMENSIONSB4.1, Preferred Limits And Fits For Cylindrical PartsThis standard presents definitions of terms applying to fits between plain (non-threaded) cylindricalparts and makes recommendations on preferred sizes, allowances, tolerances, and fits for usewherever they are applicable.

1967 - Product No. L00022 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B4.2, Preferred Metric Limits And FitsThis standard describes the ISO system of limits and fits for mating parts as it is approved for generalengineering usage in the United States of America. It establishes: (1) the designation symbols used todefine specific dimensional limits on drawings, material stock, related tools, gages, etc., (2) thepreferred basic sizes (first and second choices), (3) the preferred tolerance zones (first, second andthird choices), (4) the preferred limits and fits for sizes (first choice only) up to and including 500millimeters, and (5) definitions of related terms. Tolerance zones for basic sizes in the range from 500to 3150 mm are specified in Appendix B. The general terms "hole" and "shaft" can also be taken asreferring to the space contained by two parallel faces of any part, such as the width of a slot, thethickness of a key, etc.

1978 - Product No. L00054 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00B4.3, General Tolerances For Metric Dimensioned ProductThis standard shows how to specify the general tolerances for metric dimensions without tolerancedesignation. The fine and medium tolerance series, as shown in Table 1, are mostly applicable tomachined parts, and the coarse series show tolerances for use on all types of dimensions.

1978 - Product No. L00055 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B32.1, Preferred Thickness For Uncoated, Thin, Flat Metals,Under0.250/inThe preferred thickness in this standard provide a simplified system for designating the thickness ofuncoated, thin, flat metals and alloys by decimal parts of an inch, thus eliminating the confusioncaused by the various gage number systems. Requirements of industry permit leeway in the choice ofthickness in some instances, but it is recognized that for many applications, particularly the tonnagerequirements of mass production industries, thicknesses, more frequently than not, are determined bycritical engineering design or manufacturing considerations. For these special reasons, all decimalthickness of metals, contingent on application, shall continue to be recognized as commercial and inno way be construed as non-standard.

1952 - Product No. L00025 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B32.2, Preferred Diameters For Round Wire-0.500 Inches And UnderThe diameters in this standard provide an orderly series of round wire sizes, in thousandths of aninch. Applicable to metals and alloys used for general purpose applications (except electricalconductors). This series is designed to provide a reasonable selection of wire diameters from 0.500inch to 0.010 inch, indicating those diameters to be given primary consideration, together withintermediate sizes to be employed where the primary preferred diameter may not be suitable.Sufficient size coverage in logical steps is presented in the tables to adequately serve most of thegeneral purposes needs of industry for wire sizes 0.500 inch and under. It is recognized that for manyapplications, especially tonnage requirements in some metals for specific end uses, preciseengineering requirements may determine that decimal diameters should be chosen other than thosein the series presented here. This standard is in no sense meant to construe that such deviations from

this Standard should not continue to be recognized. However, for general purposes applications,where the design, engineering, and manufacturing conditions permit some latitude, the use ofdiameters listed in the table are to be encouraged.

1969 - Product No. M00012 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B32.3, Preferred Metric Sizes For Flat Metal ProductsThis Standard establishes a preferred series of metric thicknesses, a preferred series of metric widths,and a preferred series of metric lengths for flat metal products of rectangular cross section. Thethicknesses and widths shown in this Standard are also applicable to base metals which may becoated in later operations.

1984 - Product No. L00045 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B32.4M, Preferred Metric Sizes For Round, Square, Rectangle AndHexagon Metal ProductsThis standard establishes preferred series of metric sizes for round, square, rectangle and hexagonmetal products.

1980 - Product No. L00046 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B32.6M, Preferred Metric Equivalents Of Inch Sizes For TubularMetal Products Other Than PipeThis Standard establishes preferred metric equivalents of outside diameters, distance across flats,and wall thicknesses for the most commonly used inch size tubular metal products other than pipe.

1984 - Product No. L00052 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B36.10M, Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel PipeThis Standard covers the standardization of dimensions of welded and seamless wrought steel pipefor high or low temperatures and pressures. The word pipe is used as distinguished from tube to applyto tubular products of dimensions commonly used for pipeline and piping systems. Pipe NPS 12 (DN300) and smaller have outside diameters numerically larger than corresponding sizes. In contrast, theoutside diameters of tubes are numerically identical to the size number for all sizes.

2001 - Product No. M03100 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00B36.19M, Stainless Steel PipeThis Standard covers the standardization of dimensions of welded and seamless wrought stainlesssteel pipe. The word pipe is used as distinguished from tube to apply to tubular products ofdimensions commonly used for pipeline and piping systems. Pipe dimensions of sizes 12 and smallerhave outside diameters numerically larger than the corresponding size. In contrast, the outsidediameters of tubes are numerically identical to the size number for all sizes. The wall thicknesses forsizes 14 through 22 inclusive of Schedule 10S, for size 12 of Schedule 40S, and for sizes 10 and 12of Schedule 80S are not the same as those of ANSI/ASME B36.10M. The suffix "S" in the ScheduleNumber is used to differentiate B36.19M pipe from B36.10M pipe. ANSI/ASME B36.10M includesother pipe thicknesses which are also commercially available with stainless steel material.


DRAWINGS AND TERMINOLOGYY14.1, Decimal Inch Drawing Sheet Size And FormatThis Standard defines decimal inch sheet sizes and formats for engineering drawings.

1995 - Product No. N00195 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00Y14.1M, Metric Drawing Sheet Size And FormatThis Standard defines metric sheet sizes and formats for engineering drawings.

1995 - Product No. N12995 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00Y14.2M, Line Conventions And LetteringThis standard establishes the line and lettering practices for use in the preparation of engineeringdrawings. It includes the recognition of the requirements for photographic reduction and reproduction,including microfilm, as well as the conventional methods of reproduction.

1992 - Product No. N00292 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00Y14.3M, Multiview And Sectional View DrawingsThis standard establishes the requirements for creating orthographic views for item description. Thetopics covered include the multiview system of drawing, selection, and arrangement of orthographicviews, auxiliary views, sectional views, details, and conventional drawing practices. Space geometryand space analysis and applications are included in the appendices for informational purposes.

1994 - Product No. N00394 - Price: £35.00/ $52.00/ €52.00Y14.4M, Pictorial DrawingThis Standard establishes definitions for and illustrates the uses of various kinds of three dimensionalview pictorial mechanical drawings. It also addresses the kinds of pictorial views commonly used onengineering drawings. Methods of constructing the different kinds of pictorial drawings are beyond thescope of this Standard. Methods are described in detail in engineering drawing textbooks.

1989 - Product No. N00489 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00Y14.5.1M, Mathematical Definition Of Dimensioning AndTolerancing PrinciplesThis standard presents a mathematical definition of geometrical dimensioning and tolerancingconsistent with the principles and practices of ASME Y14.5m-1994, enabling determination of actualvalues. While the general format of this standard parallels that of ASME Y14.5m-1994, the latterdocument should be consulted for practices relating to dimensioning and tolerancing for use onengineering drawings and in related documentation. Textual references are included throughout thisstandard which are direct quotations from ASME Y14.5m-1994. All such quotations are identified byitalicized type. Any direct references to other documents are identified by an immediate citation. Thedefinitions established in this standard apply to product specifications in any representation, includingdrawings, electronic exchange formats, or data bases. When reference is made in this standard to apart drawing, it applies to any form of product specification.

1994 - Product No. N13294 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00Y14.5.2-2000, Certification of Geometric Dimensioning andTolerancing ProfessionalsThis Standard establishes certification requirements for a Geometric Dimensioning and TolerancingProfessional (GDTP). Certification will be based upon the current edition of the Y14.5 Dimensioningand Tolerancing Standard, its appendices, and the application of its principles and concepts.

2001 - Product No. N13400 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00Y14.5M, Dimensioning and TolerancingThis standard establishes uniform practices for stating and interpreting dimensioning, tolerancing, andrelated requirements for use on engineering drawings and in related documents. For a mathematicalexplanation of many of the principles in this standard, see ASME Y14.5.1m. Practices unique toarchitectural and civil engineering, land, welding symbology are not included.

1994 - Product No. N00594 - Price: £79.00/ $118.00/ €118.00Y14.6, Screw Thread Representation

8

1 Scope This document establishes standards for pictorial representation, specification, anddimensioning of screw threads on drawings, it is not concerned with standards for dimensional controlof screw threads. Information helpful in the design and selection of screw threads to meet specificrequirements is included in the B1 and B2 series of the American National Standards for ScrewThreads (see Appendix A). Only certain metric thread references are shown in this standard. 2APPLICATION Straight unified screw threads are emphasized in this standard in consideration of theirwide use and general purpose applications. The same drafting practices apply to straight and taperpipe threads, Acme, Stub Acme, Buttress, helical coil insert, and interference threads except fordifferences noted.

1978 - Product No. N00006 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00Y14.6AM, Screw Thread Representation, Metric SupplementThis supplement expands upon the information contained in ANSI Y14.6-1978, Screw ThreadRepresentation, providing uniformity in representing, specifying and dimensioning the inch and themetric screw-threads. NOTE: Paragraph numbering of this supplement follows ANSI Y14.6-1978. Foromitted paragraphs, or portions thereof, see ANSI Y14.6-1978.

1981 - Product No. N00097 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00Y14.7.1, Gear Drawing Standards-Parts 1: For Spur, Helical, DoubleHelical and RackThis standard sets forth methods to be followed for specifying drawing data for gears operating onaxes which are parallel. It is the purpose of this standard to provide formats, nomenclature, anddefinitions for the following types of gears: Spur, Helical, Double-Helical, and Spur and Helical Racks.The minimum data for the various gear types are defined. Where additional data are required,methods for specifying these data are shown. Slight deviations for critical applications are recognized,provided general formats are maintained.

1971 - Product No. K00067 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00Y14.7.2, Gear And Spline Drawing Standards-Part 2: Bevel AndHypoid Gears1 SCOPE. This standard establishes methods to be followed in specifying data for gears withintersecting axes (bevel gears), and non-parallel, non-trisecting axes (hypoid gears). It also discussesthe method of specifying matched sets on a gear drawing. 2 PURPOSE. The purpose of this standardis to establish engineering drawing standards which define the finished product for the following typesof gears: straight bevel, spiral bevel, and hypoid.

1978 - Product No. N00081 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00Y14.8M, Castings And ForgingsThis Standard covers the definition of terms and features unique to casting and forging technologieswith recommendations for their uniform description and inclusion on engineering drawings and relateddocuments. Unless otherwise specified, any reference to features, parts, or processes shall beinterpreted as applying to both castings and forgings. Castings and forgings are delineated ascasting/forging throughout the Standard.

1996 - Product No. N12096 - Price: £38.00/ $56.00/ €56.00Y14.13M, Mechanical Spring Representation1 GENERAL This Standard establishes uniform methods for specifying end product data on drawingsfor mechanical springs. A mechanical spring is defined as an elastic body whose mechanical functionis to store energy when deflected by a force and to return the equivalent amount of energy upon beingrelease.

1981 - Product No. N00098 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00Y14.18M, Optical Parts1.1 Scope This Standard establishes practices for pictorial representation and specification definitionson drawings for optical parts. 1.2 Application - Because of the unique nature of optical componentsand their manufacturing techniques, standard drawing practices do not always apply. In the event of aconflict with such standards, the requirements stated in this document shall take precedence.

1986 - Product No. N00115 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00Y14.32.1M, Chassis Frames-Passenger Car And Light Truck-GroundVehicle PracticesThis standard establishes minimum requirements for the preparation of engineering drawings forpassenger car and light truck chassis frames. This standard does not apply to heavy truck, trailer,tractor, and off-the road vehicle chassis frames.

1994 - Product No. N13394 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00Y14.34M, Associated ListsThis Standard establishes the minimum requirements for the preparation and revision of parts lists,data lists, and index lists. In addition, this Standard presents certain options that may be incorporatedinto parts lists, data lists, index lists, application lists, indentured data lists, and wire lists at thediscretion of the design activity.

1996 - Product No. N10296 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00Y14.35M, Engineering Drawings And Associated Documented1 GENERAL This Standard defines the practices for revising drawings and associated documentationand establishes methods for identification and recording revisions. The revision practices of thisStandard apply to any form of original drawing and associated documentation.

1997 - Product No. N13097 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00Y14.36M, Surface Texture SymbolsThis Standard establishes the method to designate controls for surface texture of solid materials. Itincludes methods for controlling roughness, waviness, and lay by providing a set of symbols for useon drawings, specifications, or other documents. This Standard does not specify the means by whichthe surface texture is to be produced or measured.

1996 - Product No. N08096 - Price: £36.00/ $53.00/ €53.00Y14.38, Abbreviations and AcronymsThe abbreviations and acronyms, hereinafter referred to as "abbreviations," listed in this Standard areused on engineering drawings and related documentation.

1999 - Product No. J00399 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00Y14.100M-2000, Engineering Drawing PracticesThis Standard establishes the essential requirements and reference documents applicable to thepreparation and revision of engineering drawings and associated lists. In general terms of addressingthe subject area of engineering drawing practices, this Standard should be used in close conjunctionwith ASME Y14.24M, ASME Y14.34M, and ASME Y14.35M.

2001 - Product No. N13800 - Price: £44.00/ $65.00/ €65.00Y14.24, Types And Applications Of Engineering Drawings1 GENERAL 1.1 scope This Standard defines the types of engineering drawings most frequently usedto establish engineering requirements. It describes typical applications and minimum contentrequirements. Drawings for specialized engineering disciplines (e.g., marine, civil, construction, optics,etc.) are not included in this Standard.

1999 - Product No. N12299 - Price: £70.00/ $105.00/ €105.00

Y32.10, Graphic Symbols For Fluid Power DiagramsThis standard presents a system of graphic symbols for fluid power diagrams. Symbols using wordsor their abbreviations are avoided. Symbols capable of crossing language barriers are presentedherein. This standard shows the basic symbols, describes the principles on which the symbols arebased, and illustrates some representative composite symbols. Composite symbols can be devisedfor any fluid power component by combining basic symbols.

1967 - Product No. N00022 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00Y32.11, Graphic Symbols for Process Flow Diagrams in Petroleumand Chemical IndustriesThis preliminary set of standard symbols has been developed for use on the basic process flowdiagrams in order to represent the major items of equipment used by the petroleum and chemicalindustries. A process flow diagram is the first drawing made to show the basic items of majorequipment and their relation to one another in the process scheme. The more important flow lines areindicated as connecting these pieces of equipment and help to describe how the process operates.assure users of interchangeability on features, such as mounting elements, outside diameters andwidths.

1961 - Product No. K00040 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00Y32.18, Symbols for Mechanical and Acoustical Elements as usedin Schematic Diagrams1. Scope This document presents standard symbols and definitions that may be used in constructingschematic diagrams for mechanical and acoustical systems whose performances are describable byfinite sets of scalar variables. The choice of symbols described herein is based upon the followingassumptions: a. A system can be divided conceptually into a finite set of elements each of whosedynamical properties are known. b. To each such conceptual element there can be assigned a set ofterminals. c. Symbols for the elements shall be interconnected to form a schematic diagram for thewhole system so that field equations shall be satisfied at every junction point and around every closedloop. The symbols which appear in this standard were evolved with the following principles in mind: a.It shall be possible to draw the symbols easily and quickly. b. The symbol shall be distinctive andwhere feasible shall suggest some well-known embodiment of the element in question. c. Thesymbols shall preferably have been used previously in the scientific literature. NOTE 1. Questionsconcerning the specific form for a so-called equivalent circuit of an electro-mechanical or any othertype of mixed system are not within the scope of this standard. NOTE 2. An Appendix (not a part ofthis standard) provides background information on the use of the symbols in constructing schematicdiagrams.

1972 - Product No. K00011 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00Y32.2.3, Graphic Symbols for Pipe Fittings, Valves and PipingThis standard has been developed for use on drawings. Architects, engineers, and contractors, by theuse of these symbols on their plans, will have a standard method of indication for pipe fittings, valvespiping and allied items. Confusion in the interpretations of requirements can thus be avoided.

1949 - Product No. K00006 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00Y32.2.4, Graphic Symbols for Heating, Ventilating and AirConditioningThis standard has been developed for use on drawing. Architects, contractors, and engineers, by theuse of these symbols on their plans, will have a standard method of indication for heating, airconditioning, and allied items. Confusion in the interpretations of requirements can thus be avoided.

1949 - Product No. K00005 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00Y32.2.6, Graphics Symbols for Heat-Power ApparatusThis standard was developed for use on drawings. Architects, engineers, and contractors, by the useof these symbols on their plans, will have a standard method of indication for heat-power apparatus.Confusion in the interpretations of requirements can thus be avoided. proper identification, etc.) Toavoid misinterpretation of the symbols used. This requirement is especially critical if the graphicsymbols used are from different disciplines and therefore, represent devices, conductors, or lines offlow, that if misinterpreted might cause damage to the equipment or be dangerous to the life ofservicing or operating personnel.

1950 - Product No. K00004 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00Y32.4, Graphic Symbols for Plumbing Fixtures for Diagrams Used inArchitecture and Building Construction1. SCOPE This standard presents graphic symbols for plumbing fixtures for use on drawings createdby architects, engineers and plumbing contractors. Included in Section 5 are symbols for the morecommon fixtures found in the average building. Included in Section 6 are symbols for the special typesof fixtures utilized in hospitals and institutions. 2. PURPOSE By the use of these symbols on theirplans, designers and builders will have a uniform method for indicating plumbing fixtures and relateditems. Drawings will thus be more concise and more easily understood.

1977 - Product No. K00007 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00Y32.7, Graphics Symbols for Railroad Maps and ProfilesIt is required that when graphic symbols are used from this Standard or another Standard, that have asimilar or identical shape or configuration, and are shown on the same drawing or set of drawings,steps shall be taken (such as: reference or caution notes, comparison charts, illustrating theconflicting graphic symbols together with proper identification, etc.) To avoid misinterpretation of thesymbols used. This requirement is especially critical if the graphic symbols used are from differentdisciplines and therefore, represent devices, conductors, or lines of flow, that if misinterpreted mightcause damage to the equipment or be dangerous to the life of servicing or operating personnel.


ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORSQEI-1, Standard for the Qualification of Elevator InspectorsThis Standard includes requirements for the qualification, duties, and responsibilities of inspectors andinspection supervisors engaged in the inspection and testing of: (a) hoisting and loweringmechanisms, equipped with a car or platform, that move between two or more landings; thisequipment includes, but is not limited to,the following: (1) elevators (ASME A17,1); (2) platform andstairway chairlifts (ASME A18.1); (b) power-driven stairways and walkways for carrying personsbetween landings; this equipment includes, but is not limited to, the following: (1) escalators (ASMEA17.1); (2) moving walks (ASME A17.1); (c) hoisting and lowering mechanisms equipped with a carthat serves two or more landings and is restricted to the carrying of material by its limited size orlimited access to the car; this equipment includes, but is not limited to, the following: (1) dumbwaiters(ASME A17.1); (2) material lifts and dumbwaiters with automatic transfer devices (ASME A17.1).NOTE: Appendix B also includes recommended qualifications and duties of Inspector trainees.

2001 - Product No. A12001 - Price: £47.00/ $70.00/ €70.00A17 CD, CD-ROM for Elevators and Escalators-Standalone LicenseAgreementCD-ROM version including A17.1, A17.2, and A17.3 Standards. Standalone version.

2001 - Product No. A14401 - Price: £600.00/ $900.00/ €900.00A17.1, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators

9

This Code of safety standards covers the design, construction, operation, inspection, testing,maintenance, alteration, and repair of the following equipment, its associated parts, and its hoistways,where located in or adjacent to a building or structure (except as modified by para. 1.2): (a) hoistingand lowering mechanisms, equipped with a car or platform, which move between two or morelandings. This equipment includes, but is not limited to, elevators; (b) power driven stairways andwalkways for carrying persons between landings. This equipment includes, but is not limited toescalators and moving walks; (c) hoisting and lowering mechanisms equipped with a car which servestwo or more landings and is restricted to the carrying of material by its limited size or limited access tothe car. This equipment includes, but is not limited to, dumbwaiters and material lifts. This Codeapplies to new installations only, except Part 1, and 5.10, 8.1, 8.6, 8.7, 8.9, 8.10, and 8.11, whichapply to both new and existing installations.

2000 - Product No. A09600 - Price: £140.00/ $210.00/ €210.00A17.2-2001, Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, andMoving WalksThis Guide covers recommended inspection and testing procedures for electric and hydraulicelevators, escalators, and moving walks required to conform to the Safety Code for Elevators andEscalators, A17.1-1955 and later editons and The Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators,A17.3. This Guide also addresses some requirements from editions of A17.1 prior to 1955.

2002 - Product No. A15201 - Price: £88.00/ $132.00/ €132.00A17.3, Safety Code for Existing Elevators and EscalatorsCovers existing elevators, escalators, and their hoistways.

1996 - Product No. A12396 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00A17.4, Guide for Emergency PersonnelGuide for emergency personnel (fire, police, etc), building owners, lessees, and building operatingmanagers explaining the proper procedures to be used for the safe removal of passengers fromstalled elevators.

1999 - Product No. A12599 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00A17.1, Handbook on Safety Code for Elevators and EscalatorsThis handbook augments the A17.1-1996 Code with commentary, diagrams and illustrations that areintended to explain the requirements of the A17.1 Code. The commentary contained in the handbookis the opinion of the author and has not been approved by the A17 committee.

1996 - Product No. A11296 - Price: £91.00/ $136.00/ €136.00A17.5, Elevator and Escalator Electrical EquipmentThe requirements apply to drive machine controllers, logic controllers, and operating devices,accessory thereto, for starting, stopping, regulating, controlling, or protecting electric motors,generators, or other equipment, for elevators, escalators, moving walks, dumbwaiters, and elevatingdevices for the handicapped (wheelchair and stairway lifts).

1996 - Product No. A13296 - Price: £56.00/ $83.00/ €83.00A18.1, Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway ChairliftsCovers the design, construction, installation, operation, inspection, testing, maintenance, and repair ofinclined stairway chairlifts and inclined and vertical platform lifts intended for transportation of amobility impaired person only. The device shall have a limited vertical travel, operating speed, andplatform area. Operation shall be under continuous control of the user/attendant. The device shall notpenetrate more than one floor. A full passenger enclosure on the platform shall be prohibited.


FASTENERSB18.1.1, Small Solid RivetsThis standard covers complete general and dimensional data for those types of small solid rivetsrecognized as "American National Standard". All other types of small solid rivets, within the limits ofthe diameters contained herein, are to be considered special. Also included is an appendix coveringformulas on which dimensional data are based. It should be understood, however, that wherequestions arise concerning acceptance of product, the dimensions in the tables shall govern overrecalculation by formula.

1972 - Product No. M00006 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.1.2, Large RivetsThis standard covers complete general and dimensional data for those types of large solid rivetsrecognized as "American National Standard" together with dimensional data applicable tomanufactured heads after driving, driven heads, and hold-on (dolly bar) and rivet set impressions.Also included are appendixes covering formulas on which dimensional data are based. It should beunderstood, however, that where questions arise concerning acceptance of product, the dimensionsin the tables shall govern over recalculation by formula.

1972 - Product No. K00023 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.1.3M, Metric Small Solid RivetsThis standard covers complete general and dimensional data for those types of metric small solidrivets recognized as American National Standard. Included is an appendix covering formulas on whichdimensional data are based. It should be understood, however, that where questions arise concerningacceptance of a product, the dimensions in the tables shall govern over recalculation by formula.

1983 - Product No. M00131 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.1, Square And Hex Bolts And Screws, Inch SeriesThis Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for eight product types of inchseries square and hex bolts and screws Also included are appendixes covering thread runout sleevegages, gaging procedure for checking bolt and screw straightness, grade markings for steel bolts andscrews, formulas on which dimensional data are based, and a specification to assist in identifying aproduct as being a screw or a bolt. It should be understood, however, that where questions ariseconcerning acceptance of product, the dimensions in the tables shall govern over recalculation byformula. Heavy hex structural bolts, formerly covered in ANSI B18.2.1, are now covered in ASMEB18.2.6.

1996 - Product No. M04496 - Price: £38.00/ $57.00/ €57.00B18.2.2, Square And Hex NutsThis Standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for the various types ofinch series square and hex nuts recognized as "American National Standard." Also included areappendices covering gaging of slots in slotted nuts, wrench openings for nuts, and formulas on whichdimensional data are based. It should be understood, however, that where questions arise concerningacceptance of product, the dimensions in the Tables shall govern over recalculation by formula. Theinclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of the productsdescribed herein are stock production sizes. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturersconcerning lists of stock production sizes.

1987 - Product No. M00043 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B18.2.3.1M, Metric Hex Cap ScrewsThis standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric hex cap screwsrecognized as American National Standard. The inclusion of dimensional data in this standard is not

intended to imply that all of the sizes in conjunction with the various options described herein arestock items. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stockproduction hex cap screws. Hex cap screws purchased for Government use shall conform to thisstandard, and additionally to the requirements of Appendix III.

1999 - Product No. M10099 - Price: £44.00/ $65.00/ €65.00B18.2.3.2M, Metric Formed Hex ScrewsThis standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric formed hex screwsrecognized as "American National Standard." Formed hex screws are cold formed products with fullyupset (non-trimmed) heads. Formed hex screws are standard only in Sizes M5 thru M24, with lengthsup to 150 mm, or 10 times nominal screw size, whichever is shorter. The inclusion of dimensionaldata in this standard is not intended to imply that all of the sizes in conjunction with the variousoptions described herein are stock items. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturersconcerning lists of stock production formed hex screws. Formed hex screws purchased forGovernment use shall conform to this standard, and additionally to the requirements of Appendix III.

1979 - Product No. M00101 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.3.3M, Metric Heavy Hex ScrewsThis Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric heavy hex screwsrecognized as American National Standard. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is notintended to imply that all of the sizes in conjunction with the various options describe herein are stockitems. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock productionheavy hex screws. Heavy hex screws purchased for Government use shall conform to this standard,and additionally to the requirements of Appendix III.

1979 - Product No. M00102 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.3.4M, Metric Hex Flange Screws1 Scope 1.1 This Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric hex flangescrews recognized as American National Standard. 1.2 The inclusion of dimensional data in thisStandard is not intended to imply that all of the sizes in conjunction with the various options describedherein are stock items. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists ofstock production hex flange screws. 1.3 Hex flange screws purchased for government use shallconform to this Standard and, additionally, to the requirements of Appendix III.

2001 - Product No. M10301 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.2.3.5M, Metric Hex BoltsThis Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric hex bolts recognized as"American National Standard." The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended toimply that all of the sizes in conjunction with the various options described herein are stock productionitems. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock productionhex bolts. Hex bolts purchased for Government use shall conform to this standard, and additionally tothe requirements of Appendix III.

1979 - Product No. M00104 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.3.6M, Metric Heavy Hex BoltsThis Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric heavy hex boltsrecognized as "American National Standard." The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard notintended to imply that all of the sizes in conjunction with the various options described herein arestock production items. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists ofstock production heavy hex bolts. Heavy hex bolts purchased for Government use shall conform tothis standard, and additionally to the requirements of Appendix III.

1979 - Product No. M00105 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.3.7M, Metric Heavy Hex Structural BoltsThis Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric heavy hex structural boltsrecognized as "American National Standard." The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is notintended to imply that all of the sizes in conjunction with the various options described herein arestock production items. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists ofstock production heavy hex structural bolts. Heavy hex structural bolts purchased for Government useshall conform to this standard, and additionally to the requirements of Appendix III.

1979 - Product No. M00106 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.3.8M, Metric Hex Lag ScrewsThis Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric hex lag screwsrecognized as "American National Standard." The inclusion of dimensional data in this standard is notintended to imply that all sizes in conjunction with the various options described herein are stockproduction items. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stockproduction hex lag screws. Hex lag screws purchased for Government use shall conform to thisstandard, and additionally to the requirements of Appendix 1.

1981 - Product No. M00107 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.3.9M, Metric Heavy Hex Flange ScrewsThis Standard covers the complete dimensional and general data for metric series heavy hex flangescrews recognized as American National Standard. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standardis not intended to imply that all products described are stock production items. Consumers shouldconsult with suppliers concerning availability of products.

2001 - Product No. M13301 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.2.3.10M, Square Head Bolts (Metric Series)1.1 Scope 1.1.1 This Standard covers the general and dimensional data for standard metric seriessquare head bolts. 1.1.2 The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to implythat all of the products described are stock production items. Consumers should consult with suppliersconcerning the availability of products.

1996 - Product No. M15896 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B18.2.4.1M, Metric Hex Nuts, Style 1This standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metrics hex nuts, style 1,recognized as an American National Standard. The inclusion of dimensional data in this standard isnot intended to imply that all of the nut sizes in conjunction with the various options described hereinare stock items. Purchasers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stockproduction hex nuts, style 1.

2002 - Product No. M11402 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.2.4.2M, Metric Hex Nuts, Style 2This standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric hex nuts, style 2,recognized as an American National Standard. The inclusion of dimensional data in this standard isnot intended to imply that all of the nuts sizes in conjunction with the various options described hereinare stock items. Purchasers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stockproduction hex nuts, style 2.

1979 - Product No. M00117 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.4.3M, Metric Slotted Hex NutsThis Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric slotted hex nutsrecognized as American National Standard. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is notintended to imply that all of the nut sizes in conjunction with the various options described herein are

10

stock items. Purchasers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stockproduction slotted hex nuts.

1979 - Product No. M00119 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.4.4M, Metric Hex Flange Nuts1. Scope 1.1 This Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric hex flangenuts recognized as American National Standard. 1.2 The inclusion of dimensional data in thisStandard is not intended to imply that all of the nut sizes in conjunction with the various optionsdescribed herein are stock items. Purchasers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerninglists of stock production hex flange nuts. 1.3 Hex flange nuts purchased for Government use shallconform to this Standard, and additionally to the requirements of Appendix I.

1982 - Product No. M00122 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.4.5M, Metric Hex Jam Nuts1. Scope 1.1 This standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric hex jam nutsrecognized as American National Standard. 1.2 The inclusion of dimensional data in the standard isnot intended to imply that all of the nut sizes in conjunction with the various options described hereinare stock items. Purchasers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stockproduction hex jam nuts. 1.3 Hex jam nuts purchased for Governments use shall conform to thisstandard, and additionally to the requirements of Appendix I.d additionally

1979 - Product No. M00115 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.4.6M, Metric Heavy Hex Nuts1. Scope 1.1 This standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric heavy hexnuts recognized as American National Standard. 1.2 The inclusion of dimensional data in thisstandard is not intended to imply that all of the nut sizes in conjunction with the various optionsdescribed herein are stock items. Purchasers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerninglists of stock production heavy hex nuts. 1.3 Heavy hex nuts purchased for Government use shallconform to this standard, and additionally to the requirements of Appendix I.

1979 - Product No. M00116 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.2.6, Fasteners For Use In Structural ApplicationsThis Standard covers the complete and dimensional data for four products in the inch seriesrecognized as American National Standard. Heavy hex nut thickness formulas and those for widthacross flats and width across corners are found in the Appendix of ASME B18.2.2.

1996 - Product No. M16196 - Price: £28.00/ $41.00/ €41.00B18.2.8, Clearance Holes For Bolts Screws And Studs1 Scope This Standard covers the recommended clearance hole sizes for #0 through 1.5 in and M1.6through M100 metric fasteners in three classes of clearing using a close, normal, and loose-fitcategory.

1999 - Product No. M17799 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.3, Socket Cap Shoulder And Set Screws Hex And Spline KeysThis Standard covers complete general and dimensional data for various types of hexagon and spline(fluted) socket cap screws, shoulder screws, set screws, and hexagon and spline keys recognized asAmerican National Standard. Also included are appendices that provide specifications for hexagonand spline socket gages and gaging, tables showing applicability of key and bits to various socketscrew types and sizes, drill and counterbore sizes for socket head cap screws, and formulas on whichdimensional data are based. However, where question arise concerning acceptance of product, thedimensions in the tables shall govern over recalculation by formula. The inclusion of dimensional datain this Standard is not intended to imply that all of the products described are stock production sizes.Consumers should consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1998 - Product No. M00798 - Price: £38.00/ $57.00/ €57.00B18.3.1M, Socket Head Cap Screws (Metric Series)This Standard contains complete general and dimensional data for metric series hexagon socket headcap screws in sizes from 1.6mm to 48mm and for metric series spline socket head cap screws insizes from 1.6mm to 8mm recognized as American National Standard. Also included are appendicescovering drill and conterbore sizes drilled head dimensions, formulas for dimensions, ISO dimensionalvariations, part numbering system and preferred sizes for government use, and thread dimensions.

1986 - Product No. M00094 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.3.2M, Metric Series Hexagon Keys And BitsThis standard contains the complete dimensional, mechanical and performance requirements forMetric Series Hexagon Keys and Bits of nominal sizes from 0.7mm to 36mm recognized as "AmericanNational Standard". They are primarily intended to be used for tightening and loosening metric serieshexagon socket screw products but may also be suitable for use on other products having metrichexagon socket wrenching provisions.

1979 - Product No. M00108 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.3.3M, Hexagon Socket Head Shoulder Screws (Metric Series)This Standard contains complete dimensional, mechanical, and performance requirements for MetricSeries Hexagon Socket Head Shoulder Screws with nominal shoulder diameters from 6.5 mm to 25mm recognized as American National Standard. Also included are appendices covering formulas fordimensions, part numbering system and preferred sizes for government use, and thread dimensions.The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of the productsdescribed are stock production sizes. Consumers should consult with manufacturers concerning listsof stock production sizes.

1986 - Product No. M00109 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.3.4M, Hexagon Socket Button Head Cap Screws (Metric Series)This Standard contains the complete general and dimensional requirements for Metric SeriesHexagon Socket Button Head Cap Screws of nominal sizes from 3 mm to 16 mm recognized as anAmerican National Standard. Also included are appendices covering formulas for dimensions, partnumbering system and preferred sizes for government use, and thread dimensions. The application ofthese screws is limited by their design as denoted below. This product is designed and recommendedfor applications where a lower head profile than that of the normal socket head cap screw(ASME/ANSI B18.3.1M) is required to prevent interference. Wrenchability is significantly reduced dueto the smaller sockets and shallower key engagements and, because of the head configuration, theproperty class 12.9 tensile loads will not be met. It may be necessary to assemble this product using anut to develop the full clamping capability. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is notintended to imply that all of the products described are stock production sizes. Consumers arerequested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1986 - Product No. M00110 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.3.5M, Hexagon Socket Flat Countersunk Head Cap Screws(Metric Series)This Standard contains complete general and dimensional requirements for Metric Series HexagonSocket Flat Countersunk Head Cap Screws of nominal sizes from 3 mm to 20 mm recognized asAmerican National Standard. Also included are appendices covering formulas for dimensions, partnumbering system and preferred sizes for government use, and thread dimensions. The application ofthese screws is limited by their design as noted below. This product is designed and recommendedfor applications where a flush seating socket head screw is desired. Wrenchability is limited by thesocket size and key engagement. Because of the head configuration, this product is not

recommended where maximum fatigue resistance is required. The inclusion of dimensional data inthis Standard is not intended to imply that all of the products described are stock production sizes.Consumers should consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes. Screwspurchased for government use shall conform to this Standard and to the requirements of Appendix II.

1986 - Product No. M00130 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.3.6M, Socket Set Screws (Metric Series)This Standard contains complete general and dimensional requirements for metric series socket setscrews of nominal sizes from 1.6 mm to 24 mm recognized as American National Standard. Alsoincluded are appendices covering formulas for dimensions (Appendix I), part numbering system andpreferred sizes for government use (Appendix II), and thread dimensions (Appendix III). The inclusionof dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of the products described arestock production sizes, Consumers should consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stockproduction sizes.

1986 - Product No. M00111 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.5, Round Head Bolts (Inch Series)This Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for the various types of inch seriesbolts generally classified as round head bolts and recognized as American National Standard. Alsoincluded is an Appendix covering gages and gaging for checking bolt straightness. The inclusion ofdimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of the products described are stockproduction sizes. Consumers should consult with manufacturers concerning availability of products.

1990 - Product No. L03290 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B18.5.2.1M, Metric Round Head Short Square Neck Bolts1.1. Scope 1.1.1 This Standard covers the general and dimensional data for metric series round headshort square neck bolts recognized as "American National Standard" and intended primarily forapplications in thin metals. 1.1.2. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended toimply that all sizes described are production stock items. Consumers should consult with suppliersconcerning lists of stock production items. 1.1.3 Round head short square neck bolts purchased forgovernment use shall conform to this Standard and, additionally, to the requirements of Appendix A.

1996 - Product No. L06496 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.5.2.2M, Metric Round Head Square Neck Bolts1 Scope 1.1 This Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric series roundhead square neck bolts recognized as American National Standard, and intended for generalapplications. 1.2 The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that allsizes described are production stock items. Consumers should consult with manufacturers concerninglist of stock production items. s 1.3 Metric round head square neck bolts purchased for governmentuse shall conform to this Standard and additionally to the requirements of Appendix III.

1982 - Product No. M00124 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.5.2.3M, Round Head Square Neck Bolts With Large Head(Metric Series)This Standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric series round head squareneck bolts with large head recognized as American National Standard.

1990 - Product No. M00141 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.6.1, Wood Screws (Inch Series)This standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for the various types of slotted andrecessed head wood screws recognized as "American National Standard." Also included areappendixes which provide specifications and instructions for penetration gaging and wobble gaging ofrecessed head screws; documentation for screw head types relegated to non-preferred status; andformulas on which dimensional data are based. It shall be understood, however, that where questionsarise concerning acceptance of product, the dimensions given in the tables shall govern overrecalculation by formula. The inclusion of dimensional data in this standard is not intended to implythat all of the products described are stock production sizes. Consumers should consult withmanufacturers concerning the availability of products.

1981 - Product No. M00005 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.6.2, Slotted Head Cap Screws, Square Head Set Screws AndSlotted Headless Set Screws: Inch Series (B18.6.2)This standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for the various styles ofslotted head cap screws and square head and slotted headless set screws. Also included areappendixes covering thread runout sleeve gages for cap screws, protrusion gaging of flat countersunkhead cap screws; wrench openings for square head set screws, and formulas on on whichdimensional data are based.

1998 - Product No. K01298 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.6.3, Machine Screws And Machine Screw Nuts

1999 - Product No. M00498 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B18.6.4, Thread Forming And Thread Cutting Tapping Screws AndMetallic Drive Screws ,Inch SeriesThis standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for the various types of slotted andrecessed head tapping screws and metallic drive screws. Also included are appendixes which providespecifications and instructions for protrusion gaging of flat countersunk head screws, across cornersgaging of hex head screws, penetration and wobble gaging of recessed head screws, approximatehole sizes, wrench openings for hex head products, means for determining effective grip lengths onscrews, documentation for screw types and head types relegated to not-recommended or limitedusage status, and formulas on which dimensional data are based. It shall be understood, however,that where questions arise concerning acceptance of products, the dimensions in the tables shallgovern over recalculation by formula.

1999 - Product No. N02198 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B18.6.5M, Metric Thread-Forming And Thread-Cutting TappingScrews

2000 - Product No. N11000 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00B18.6.7M, Metric Machine ScrewsThis standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric flat countersunk, ovalcountersunk and pan slotted and recessed head machine screws metric hex flange head machinescrews recognized as standard. Also included are appendixes which provide specifications andinstructions for protrusion gaging of flat countersunk head screws, across corners gaging of hex headscrews, penetration gaging and wobble gaging of recessed head screws, set forth clearance holerecommendations, and establish the Government standard items and part numbering system. Theinclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of the productsdescribed are stock production sizes.

2000 - Product No. M13699 - Price: £35.00/ $52.00/ €52.00B18.7, General Purpose Semi-Tubular Rivets, Full Tubular Rivets,Split Rivets And Rivet CapsThis Standard covers complete general and dimensional data for semi-tubular rivets, full tubularrivets, split and rivet caps for use in general purpose applications. The products described are suitable

11

for joining metallic and non-metallic materials or combinations thereof. It should be noted that whilethese products are suitable for general purpose assembly, other special purpose types are availableto satisfy particular requirements and manufacturers should be consulted for special requirements.The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of the productsdescribed are stock production sizes. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturersconcerning availability of products.

1972 - Product No. N00059 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.7.1M, Metric General Purpose Semi-Tubular RivetsThis Standard covers the general and dimensional data for oval head semi-tubular rivets for use ingeneral purpose applications. The products described are suitable for joining metallic and nonmetallicmaterials or combinations thereof. Although these products are suitable for general purposes typesare available to satisfy particular requirements, and manufacturers should be consulted for specialrequirements. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of theproducts described are stock production sizes. Consumers are requested to consult withmanufacturers concerning availability of products. Metric general purpose semi-tubular rivetspurchased for government use shall conform to this Standard and, additionally, to the requirements ofAppendix I.

1984 - Product No. N00106 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.8.1, Clevis Pins And Cotter PinsThis standard covers the complete dimensional and general data for clevis pins and cotter (split) pinsrecognized as American national standard. The inclusion of dimensional data in this standard is notintended to imply that all products described are stock production items. Consumers should consultwith suppliers concerning the availability of products.

1994 - Product No. L02494 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.8.2-2000, Taper Pins, Dowel Pins, Straight Pins, Grooved Pins,and Spring Pins (Inch Series)This Standard is intended to cover the complete dimensional and general data for taper pins, dowelpins, straight pins, grooved pins, and spring pins recognized as "AMERICAN NATIONALSTANDARD," which are widely used in general industrial applications. Also included are appendixesproviding supplementary information for the drilling of holes for taper pins and the testing of pins indouble shear. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of theproducts described are stock production sizes. Consumers are requested to consult withmanufacturers concerning availability of product.

2001 - Product No. L05600 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00B18.8.100M, Spring Pins: Coiled Type, Spring Pins: Slotted,Machine Dowel Pins: Hardened Ground, and Groved Pins (Metric)

2001 - Product No. M17900 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00B18.8.200M, Cotter Pins, Headless Clevis Pins, And Headed ClevisPins (Metric Series)1.1 Scope, 1.1.1 This Standard covers the complete dimensional and general data for cotter (split)pins recognized as an American National Standard. 1.1.2 The inclusion of dimensional data in thisStandard is not intended to imply that all products described are stock production items. Consumersshould consult with suppliers concerning the availability of products. 1.1 SCOPE, 1.1.1 This Standardcovers the compelete dimensional and general data for two types, A and B, of metric series headlessclevis pins intended for general applications and recognized as an American National Standard. TypeA-headless clevis pins are without holes. Type B-headless clevis pins specified herein are with twoholes intended for use with cotter pins; however, a means is provided to specify other hole sizes whenrequired for use with other types of pins.

2000 - Product No. M18000 - Price: £52.00/ $78.00/ €78.00B18.9, Plow Bolts (Inch Series)This standard recommends the use of the number 3 square neck, 80-DEG round countersunk headand the number 7 reverse key, 60-DEG round countersunk head plow bolts for new designs. Itincludes standards on number 3 square neck, round countersunk repair head, number 4 countersunk,square repair head, number 6 heavy key, round countersunk repair head, and number 7 reverse key,round countersunk repair head for service purposes. Dimensions of the number 4 countersunk squareregular head and the number6 heavy key, round countersunk regular head are given in the appendix,as information supplementing but not forming a part of this standard.

1996 - Product No. L02196 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.10, Track Bolts And NutsThis Standard includes information for Sizes; Heads; Necks; Body Diameters; Threads and ThreadFit; Nuts; and Material. There are also tables for Oval and Elliptic Neck Track Bolts; and Track BoltNuts.

1982 - Product No. M00025 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.11, Minature ScrewsThis standard establishes head types, their dimensions, and lengths of slotted head miniature screws,threaded in conformance with American standard unified miniature screw threads, ASA B1.10. Thisstandard is predicated upon information derived through research of the maximum using industries.The inclusion of four head types and the given thread sizes in the data tables is not intended to implythat all of those described in this standard are stock production items.

1961 - Product No. K00037 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.12, Glossary Of Terms For Mechnical FastenersThis glossary is intended to present general practice relative to nomenclature prevailing in industry. Itsavailability will tend to make possible, through further development, the elimination of inconsistenciesin nomenclature and provide the basis for cataloging by users and producers. It has been arranged togive as much specific information as possible, in as brief a scope as practicable, both by definitionsand illustrations. Articles shown in this glossary are not necessarily available or manufactured.

2001 - Product No. M04601 - Price: £42.00/ $63.00/ €63.00B18.13, Screw And Washer Assemblies-Sems (Inch Series)This Standard covers general and dimensional data pertinent to the various types of screw andcaptive washer assemblies, otherwise known as sems. The word sems is recognized in the UnitedStates as a generic term applicable to screw and washer assemblies. Also included in this Standardare appendices to illustrate the relative proportions of plain and conical washer sems and providedocumentation on the washer dimensions for sems with screw types and head styles that have beenrelegated to "not recommended for new design" status.

1996 - Product No. N04396 - Price: £28.00/ $41.00/ €41.00B18.13.1M, Screw And Washer Assemblies-Sems (Metric Series)This Standard covers general and dimensional data pertinent to the various types of screw andcaptive washer assemblies, otherwise known as sems. (The word sems is a generic term applicableto screw and washer assemblies.)

1999 - Product No. N12498 - Price: £36.00/ $53.00/ €53.00B18.15, Forged Eyebolts

This standard is limited to dimensions and capacities for forged threaded eyebolts intended primarilyfor lifting applications, and covers the following types and styles. Type 1, Plain Pattern(straight shank)Style A, Long Length Style B, Short Length Type 2, Shoulder Pattern Style A, Long Length Style B,Short Length Appendices A and B contain descriptive and cautionary information pertinent to forgedeyebolts.

1985 - Product No. M00037 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.15M, Metric Lifting EyesThis Standard covers dimensional and axial load requirements for forged metric straight shankthreaded lifting eyes, previously referred to as eyebolts, intended primarily for lifting applications. Theinclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all sizes described areproduction stock items. Consumers should consult with suppliers concerning lists of stock productionitems.

1998 - Product No. M17698 - Price: £28.00/ $41.00/ €41.00B18.16.1M, Mechanical and Performance Requirements PrevailingTorque-Type Steel Metric Hex Nuts and Hex Flange NutsThis standard covers the mechanical and performance requirements for prevailing-torque type steelmetric hex and hex flange nuts, - with hex nut nominal thread diameters M3 thru M36; - with hexflange nut nominal thread diameters M6 thru M20; - with specific strength requirements; - forapplication within the following temperature ranges: - all-metal, plain - minus 50 C to plus 300 C - all-metal, plated - minus 50 C to plus 230 C - non-metallic insert - minus 50 C to plus 120 C.

1979 - Product No. M00118 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.16.2M, Torque-Tension Test Requirements-Prevailing-TorqueType Steel Metric Hex Nuts and Hex Flange NutsThis standard specifies torque-tension test requirements for prevailing-torque type steel Metric hexnuts and hex flange nuts, - with hex nut nominal thread diameters M6 thru M24 - with hex flange nutnominal thread diameters M6 thru M20 - property classes 9 and 10 - with mechanical andperformance properties in conformance with ANSI B18.16.1m-1979 - with a surface finish which iseither cadmium electroplated with a supplementary EP (extreme pressure) lubricant, or phosphatecoated (zinc or manganese) with a rust preventative oil containing a substantial amount of an EPlubricant.

1979 - Product No. M00113 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.16.3M, Dimensional Requirements For Prevailing-Torque TypeSteel Metric Hex Nuts And Hex Flange NutsThis standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metric prevailing-torque hex nutsand hex flange nuts. The inclusion of dimensional data in this standard is not intended to imply that allof the nut sizes in conjunction with the various options described herein are stock items. Purchasersare requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production prevailing-torque hexand hex flange nuts. This standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for metricprevailing-torque hex Nuts and hex flange nuts. The inclusion of dimensional data in this standard isnot intended to imply that all of the nut sizes in conjunction with the various options described hereinare stock items. Purchasers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stockproduction prevailing-torque hex and hex flange nuts.

1998 - Product No. M12398 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.18.1M, Inspection And Quality Assurance For General PurposeFastenersThis standard outlines a quality assurance plan for internally and externally threaded fasteners andaccessories or associated parts. Provisions are included for sampling plans, inspection frequencies,control procedures, and record keeping. Included in this plan are fasteners for general purposeapplications, such as those where hand assembly is employed and cost is probably of primeconsideration. This plan relies on judicious manufacturing controls and inspections by the producerand, should a dispute arise, provides an inspection plan for lot compliance after shipment. Thisstandard will be used in conjunction with other accepted standards for product, testing, gaging, andmaterial and, therefore, those provisions as well as packaging are not included herein.

1987 - Product No. M00125 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.18.2M, Inspection And Quality Assurance For High-VolumeMachine Assembly FastenersThis standard outlines a quality assurance plan for internally and externally threaded fasteners andaccessories or associated parts. Provisions are included for sampling plans, inspection frequencies,control procedures, and record keeping. Included in this plan are fasteners such as those where amore detailed inspection would enhance mass assembly operation. The quality assurance plan forthese fasteners relies primarily on increased final inspection rather than on documented in-processcontrol. This standard will be used in conjunction with other accepted standards for product, testing,gaging, and material and, therefore, those provisions as well as packaging are not included herein.

1987 - Product No. M00126 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.18.3M, Inspection And Quality Assurance For Special PurposeFastenersThis standard outlines a quality assurance plan for internally and externally threaded fastners andaccessories or associated parts. Provisions are included for sampling plans, inspection frequencies,control procedures, and record keeping. The basic structure of this plan outlines the quality assuranceprovisions for fasteners for special purpose applications requiring in process controls. Included arefasteners produced by one manufacturing practice requiring records of in process and final inspectionwhich are maintained by the producer. This standard will be used in conjunction with other acceptedstandards for product, testing, gaging, and material and, therefore, those provisions as well aspackaging are not included herein.

1987 - Product No. M00127 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.18.4M, Inspection And Quality Assurance For HighlySpecialized Engineered Applications For Metric FastenersThis standard outlines a quality assurance plan for internally and externally threaded fasteners andaccessories or associated parts. Provisions are included for sampling plans, inspection frequencies,control procedures, and record keeping. The basic structure of this plan outlines the quality assuranceprovisions for fasteners for special purpose applications requiring in process controls. Included arefasteners produced by one manufacturing practice requiring records of in process and final inspectionwhich are maintained by the producer.

1987 - Product No. M00128 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.18.5M, Inspection And Quality Assurance Plan Requiring In-Process Inspection And ControlThis Standard outlines a Quality Assurance Plan for internally and externally threaded fasteners andaccessories or associated parts. Provisions are included for sampling plans, inspection frequencies,control procedures, and record keeping. The basic structure of this plan outlines the quality assuranceprovisions for fasteners manufactured and processed using in-process controls. Included arefasteners produced by one manufacturing practice requiring records of in-process inspection and testswhich are maintained by the producers. This Standard will be used in conjunction with other acceptedstandards for product, testing, gaging, and material, and, therefore, those provisions as well aspackaging are not included herein.

12

1998 - Product No. M16298 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.18.6M, Quality Assurance Plan For Fasteners Produced In AThird Party Accreditation SystemFor the purpose of this Standard, third party registration is the successful conclusion of a structuredauditing and approval board process that has verified compliance of an audited quality system to aspecified quality system standard. Such compliance is determined by the documented auditing of thedefined system and its scope of activities (in its various documented and implemented forms) by anagency (registrar) that has the authority, conferred by an accreditation process itself, to audit andgrant registration status. Registrars are recognized by the American National Standards Instituteand/or the American Society for Quality Control.

1998 - Product No. M16398 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B18.18.7M, Quality Assurance Plan For Fasteners Produced In ACustomer Approved Control PlanThis plan is based on the concept that a written control plan outlining the fastener manufacturingprocess and identification of its control points will provide an orderly procedure for controlling andminimizing process and product variation. Factors usually considered when developing a control planinclude past history, machine capacity and capability, new or special customer requirement(s), and aPFMEA (potential failure mode and effects analysis). Typically the control plan identifies actions ateach phase of the manufacturing process including receiving, in-process manufacturing, and out-going operations. Continuing versus periodic requirements are identified and strategies are providedfor continued updating and improvement.

1998 - Product No. M16498 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.21.1, Lock Washers (Inch Series)This Standard covers the dimensions, physical properties, and methods of testing for helical springand tooth lock washers. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to implythat all products described are stock production items. Consumers should consult with suppliersconcerning the availability of products. Note: The word LOCK appearing in the names of products inthis Standard is a generic term historically associated with their identification and is not intended toimply an indefinite permanency of fixity in attachments where the fasteners are used.

1999 - Product No. L29499 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00B18.21.2M, Lock Washers (Metric Series)This Standard covers the dimensions, physical properties, and methods of testing for helical springand tooth lock washers. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to implythat all products DE- described are stock production items. Consumers should consult with suppliersconcerning availability products.

1999 - Product No. M14099 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00B18.22M, Metric Plain WashersThis Standard covers general specifications and dimensions for flat, round hole washers, both soft (asfabricated) and hardened, intended for use in general purpose applications. The inclusion ofdimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all sizes displayed are production stockitems. Manufacturers should be contacted for current information on stock sizes.

1981 - Product No. L00063 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.22.1, Plain WashersThis standard covers two types of general purpose plain washers designated as type a and type b.The inclusion of dimensional data in this standard is not intended to imply that all of the productsdescribed here in are production items. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturersconcerning lists of stock production sizes.

1965 - Product No. L00019 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B18.24.1, Port Identifying Number (Pin) Code System Standard ForB18 Externally Threaded ProductsThis Standard is intended to provide all users (manufacturers, distributors, design and configuration,parts control, inventory control, test and maintenance functions) with the capability to identifyexternally threaded fastener products by a pre-selected order of coding as specified herein. Althougha PIN may be formulated, this does not assure the availability of a B18 product conforming to it. TheB18 PIN coverage is a self contained code with distinct identification linkage to individual ASME B18externally threaded fastener product standards. The PIN code concept provides for direct traceabilityback to the applicable B18 product standard. In case of conflict with this document and the B18product standard, the B18 product standard takes precedence.

1996 - Product No. M15996 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00B18.24.2, Part Identifying Number (PIN) Code System Standard ForB18 Internally Threaded ProductsThis Standard is intended to provide all users (manufacturers, distributors, design and configuration,parts control, inventory control, and test and maintenance functions) with the capability to identifyinternally threaded fastener products by a pre-selected order of coding as specified in this Standard.The B18 PIN coverage is a self-contained code with distinct identification linkage to individual ASMEB18 internally threaded fastener product standards. The PIN code concept provides for directtraceability to the applicable B18 product standard.

1999 - Product No. M17398 - Price: £46.00/ $68.00/ €68.00B18.24.3, Part Identifying Number (PIN) Code System Standard ForB18 Nonthreaded Products (B18.24.3-98)

1998 - Product No. M17298 - Price: £48.00/ $71.00/ €71.00B18.25.1M, Square And Rectangular Keys and Keyways1.1 Scope 1.1.1 This Standard covers requirements for square and rectangular parallel keys andkeyways intended for both alignment of shafts & hubs, and transmitting torque between shafts andhubs.

1996 - Product No. M15696 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.25.2M, Woodruff Keys And Keyways1.1 Scope This Standard covers requirements for metric Woodruff keys and keyways intended forboth alignment of shafts and hubs, and transmitting torque between shafts and hubs.

1996 - Product No. M15796 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.25.3M, Square And Rect Keys And Keyways: Width TolerancesAnd Deviations Greater Than Basic SizeThis standard covers requirements for square and rectangular parallel keys and keyways intended forboth alignment of shafts and hubs, and transmitting torque between shafts and hubs. Keys covered bythis standard have a relatively loose width tolerance. All width tolerances are positive. Keys withminus width tolerances and a smaller tolerance range are covered by ASME B18.25.1M. Theinclusion of dimensional data in this standard is not intended to imply that all sizes described areproduction stock items. Consumers should consult with suppliers concerning lists of stock items.

1998 - Product No. M17198 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.27, Tapered And Reduced Cross Section Retaining Rings (InchSeries)

This Standard covers complete general and dimensional data for three series of general purposetapered and reduced cross section retaining rings, which may be used with the nominal size shaftsand housings listed and in grooves of the recommended dimensions listed. Also included are formulasand tolerances on which dimensional data are based. Three appendices include guidance forassembly and recommended standard drawing formats.

1999 - Product No. M17098 - Price: £44.00/ $65.00/ €65.00B18.29.1, Helical Coil Screw Threaded Inserts---Free Running AndScrew Locking (Inch Series)This Standard is intended to delineate the dimensional data for the inch series helical coil screwthread insert and the threaded hole into which it is installed. Appendices that describe insert selection,STI (Screw Thread Insert) taps, gages and gaging, insert installation, and removal tooling are alsoincluded.

1993 - Product No. M14393 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B18.30.1M, Open-End Blind Rivets With Break Mandrels (MetricSeries)This Standard establishes the dimensional, mechanical, and performance requirements of open-endblind rivets with break mandrels (metric series).

2000 - Product No. M17800 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B27.6, General Purpose Uniform Cross Section Spiral RetainingRings1.0 INTRODUCTORY NOTES 1.1 SCOPE This standard is intended to cover complete general anddimensional data for two series of general purpose uniform cross section spiral retaining rings whichmay be used with the nominal size shafts and housings listed and in grooves of the recommendeddimensions listed.

1972 - Product No. L00037 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B27.7, General Purpose Tapered And Reduced Cross SectionRetaining Rings, MetricThis standard is intended to cover complete general and dimensional data for three series of generalpurpose tapered and reduced cross section retaining rings which may be used with the nominal sizeshafts and housings listed and in grooves of the recommended dimensions listed. Also included areformulas and tolerances on which dimensional data are based. Three appendixes include guidancefor assembly and recommended standard drawing formats. The inclusion of dimensional data in thisstandard is not intended to imply that all of the products described are stock production sizes.Consumers should consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1977 - Product No. L00053 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B27.8M, General Purpose Metric Tapered Reduced Cross SectionRetaining Rings Type 3DM1-HEAVY Duty External RingsThis standard is intended to cover complete general and dimensional data for three series of generalpurpose metric tapered and reduced cross section retaining rings which may be used with the nominalsize shafts and in grooves of the recommended dimensions listed. Also included are formulas andtolerances on which dimensional data are based. Three appendixes include guidance for assemblyand recommended standard drawing formats. The inclusion of dimension data in this standard is notintended to imply that all of the products described are stock production sizes. Consumers shouldconsult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1978 - Product No. L00060 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00

FLOW MEASUREMENTMFC-1M, Glossary of Terms Used in the Measurement of Fluid Flowin PipesThis Standard consists of a collection of definitions of those terms which pertain to the measurementof fluid flow in pipes. Only those terms of general usage have been included. Terms having uniquemeaning when applied to specific meters should be included in a glossary within the specificflowmeter standard.

1991 - Product No. J06591 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00MFC.2M, Measurement Uncertainty for Fluid Flow in ClosedConduitsThis Standard presents a working outline detailing and illustrating the techniques for estimatingmeasurement uncertainty for fluid flow in closed conduits. The statistical techniques and analyticalconcepts applied herein are applicable in most measurement processes. Section 2 provides examplesof the mathematical model applied to the measurement of fluid flow. Each example inches adiscussion of the elemental errors and examples of the statistical techniques. An effort has beenmade to use simple prose with a minimum of jargon. The notation and definitions are given inAppendix A and are consistent with ISO 3534, Statistic-Vocabulary and Symbols (1977).

1983 - Product No. K00112 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00MFC-3M, Measurement Of Fluid Flow In Pipes Using Orifice,Nozzleand Venturi1 SCOPE AND FIELD OF APPLICATION This Standard specifies the geometry and method of use(installation and flowing conditions) for orifice plates, nozzles, and Venturi tubes when they areinserted in a conduit running full, to determine the rate of the fluid flowing. It also gives necessaryinformation for calculating flow rate and its associated uncertainty. It applies only to pressuredifference devices in which the flow remains turbulent and subsonic throughout the measuring sectionis steady or varies only slowly with time and the fluid is considered single-phased. In addition, theuncertainties are given in the appropriate sections of this Standard for each of these devices, withinthe pipe size and Reynolds number limits which are specified. It deals with devices for which sufficientcalibrations have been made to enable the specification of coherent systems of application and toenable calculations to be made with certain predictable limits of uncertainty. The devices introducedinto the pipe are called primary devices. The term primary device also includes the pressure taps andthe associated upstream and downstream piping. All other instruments or devices required for themeasurement or transmission of the differential pressures are known as secondary elements, and incombination are referred to as the secondary devices. This Standard covers the primary devices;secondary devices will be mentioned only occasionally. The following primary devices are covered inthis Standard: (a) orifice plates, which can be used with the following arrangements of pressure taps:(1) flange pressure taps (2) D and D/2 pressure taps (3) corner pressure taps (b) nozzles: (1) ASMElong radius nozzles (c) Venturi tubes: (1) classical Venturi tubes This Standard does not pipe orconduit sizes under 50 mm {2 in.} nominal. This Standard does not apply to ASME Performance TestCode measurements. The Standard is applicable to measurement of flow of any fluid, (liquid, vapor,or gas). THE CURRENT REPRINT OF THE ABOVE BOOK, INCORPORATES A PREVIOUSLYISSUED ERRATA (BK# K113E1).

1989 - Product No. K11389 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00MFC.4M, Measurement of Gas Flow by Turbine Meters1 SCOPE (a) This Standard applies to: (1) axial full-flow turbine meters with mechanical and/orelectrical outputs whose rotating member is driven by a compressible fluid; (2) the measurement ofgas by a turbine meter; the meter's construction, installation, operation, performance characteristics,

13

data computation and presentation, calibration, field checking, and other related considerations of themeter. (b) This Standard does not apply to: (1) accessory equipment used to measure pressure andtemperature, and/or density for the accurate determination of mass or base volumes, or thoseaccessories used to automatically compute mass or base volumes; (2) steam metering or two-phaseflow measurement; (3) applications involving pulsating flow or fluctuating flows where adverse effectson meter accuracy can be anticipated.

1986 - Product No. K00118 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00MFC.5M, Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits UsingTransit-Time Ultrasonic FlowmetersThis Standard applies only to ultrasonic flowmeters that base their operation on the measurement oftransit times of acoustic signals. Further, this Standard concerns only the application of such meterswhen used to measure the volumetric flow rate of a liquid exhibiting homogeneous acoustic propertiesand flowing in a completely filled closed conduit. Not covered by this Standard are ultrasonicflowmeters that derive volumetric flow rate from measurements of the deviation, scattering (Dopplerflowmeter), or correlation of acoustic signals. This Standard provides: (a) a description of theoperating principles employed by the ultrasonic flowmeters covered in this Standard; (b) a descriptionof error sources and performance verification procedures; (c) a common set of terminology, symbols,definitions, and specifications.

1985 - Product No. K00115 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00MFC-6M, Measurement Of Fluid Flow In Pipes Using VortexFlowmetersThis Standard: (a) describes vortex shedding flowmeters in which alternating vortices are shed fromone or more bluff bodies installed in a closed circular conduit; (b) describes how the frequency of thevortex pairs is a measure of the fluid velocity; how volume, mass, and standard volume flowrate isdetermined; and how the total fluid that has flowed through the meter in a specified time interval canbe measured; (c) applies only to fluid flow that is steady or varies only slowly with time, is consideredsingle phased, and when the closed conduit is full; (d) provides only generic information on vortexshedding flowmeters, including a glossary and a set of engineering equations useful in specifyingperformance; (e) describes the physical components of vortex shedding flowmeters and identifies theneed for inspection, certification, and material traceability; (f) addresses phenomena that maynegatively affect vortex detection, as well as shift the K factor, and describes guidelines for reducingor eliminating their influences; and (g) provides calibration guidance.

1998 - Product No. K11798 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00MFC-7M, Measurement of Gas Flow by Means of Critical FlowVenturi NozzlesThis Standard applies only to the steady flow of single-phase gases and deals with devices for whichdirect calibration experiments have been made, sufficient in number and quantity to enable inherentsystems of applications to be based on their results and coefficients to be given with certainpredictable limits of uncertainty. The critical flow venturi nozzles dealt with can only be used withinlimits that are specified, for example nozzle throat to inlet diameter ratio and Reynolds number. ThisStandard specifies the geometry and method of use (installation and operating conditions) of criticalflow venturi nozzles inserted in a system to determine the mass flow rate of the gas flow rate of thegas flowing through the system. It also gives necessary information for calculating the flow rate and itsassociated uncertainty. This Standard applies only to venturi nozzles in which the flow is critical.Critical flow exists when the mass flow rate through the venturi nozzle is the maximum possible for theexisting upstream conditions. At critical flow or choked conditions, the average gas velocity at thenozzle throat closely approximates the local sonic velocity. Information is given in this Standard forcases in which: (a) the pipeline upstream of the venturi nozzle is of circular cross section; or (b) it canbe assumed that there is a large space upstream of the venturi nozzle. The venturi nozzles specifiedin this Standard are called primary devices. Other instruments for the measurement are known assecondary devices. This Standard covers primary devices; secondary devices will be mentioned onlyoccasionally.

1987 - Product No. K00119 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00MFC-8M, Fluid Flow in Closed Conduits: Connections for PressureSignal Transmissions Betwn Primary and Secondary DevicesThis Standard describes the practices and means which allow the pressures at a head type primarydevice to be conveyed to the secondary device in a flow measurement system without introducingunnecessary measurement uncertainties.

2001 - Product No. K12101 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00MFC-9M, Measurement Of Liquid Flow In Closed Conduits ByWeighing MethodThis Standard specifies a method of liquid flow rate measurement in closed conduits by measuringthe mass of liquid delivered into a weighing tank in a known time interval. It deals in particular with themeasuring apparatus, procedure, and method for calculating the flow rate and the uncertaintiesassociated with the measurement. The method described may be applied to any liquid, provided thatits vapor pressure is such that any escape of liquid from the weighing tank by vaporization is notsufficient to effect the required measurement accuracy. Closed weighing tanks and their application tothe flow measurement of liquids of high vapor pressure are not considered in this Standard. ThisStandard considers only the measurement techniques and does not address any possible hazardsinvolved in handling the liquid involved. Theoretically, there is no limit to the application of thismethod, which is used generally in fixed laboratory installations only. However, for economic reasons,typical hydraulic laboratories using this method can produce accurate flow rates of 500 kg/s (3300lbm/sec) or less. Owing to its high potential accuracy, this method is often used as a primary methodfor calibration of other methods or devices for mass flow rate measurement or volumetric flow ratemeasurement, provided that the density of the liquid is known accurately. It must be ensured that thepipeline is running full with no air or vapor pockets present in the measuring section.

1988 - Product No. K12588 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00MFC-10M-2000, Method for Establishing Installation Effects on FlowMetersThis Standard establishes methods for determining the influence of installation conditions or flowpatterns on the performance of flowmeters in closed conduits (i.e., pipe, ducts, etc). This Standardalso addresses (a) means and terminology for defining a reference condition for flow calibration of aparticular flowmeter; and (b) guidelines for extrapolation and interpolation of installation effects tountested piping conditions. This Standard does not supersede or otherwise replace qualification testsor installation tests that are specified by other standards such as ISO 9951. Standard.

2001 - Product No. K12300 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00MFC-11M, Measurement of Fluid Flow by Means of Coriolis MassFlowmeters1 SCOPE This Standard: (a) describes Coriolis mass flowmeters in which the Coriolis force isdeveloped by passing a fluid through one or more oscillating tubes. The magnitude of the resultingCoriolis force is a measure of mass flow through the flowmeter; (b) applies only to primary elementsrunning full with fluid flow that is steady or varies only slowly with time; (c) provides information andterminology generic to a Coriolis mass flowmeter; (d) lists the application factors that may affect theperformance; (e) lists information of interest to users regarding the capability of the flowmeter (seeAppendix A). This Standard does not provide design details or their effect on flowmeter performance.The user is referred to the manufacturer for this information.

1989 - Product No. K12989 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00MFC-14M, Measurement of Fluid Flow Using Small Bore PrecisionOrifice MetersThis standard is confined to devices that are installed between the pressure source and the pressuresensing element and are used to minimize the effect of pressure surges on positive and negativepressure sensing instruments. limiter valves are designed only to prevent the passage of excessivepressure to downstream pressure-sensing instruments. Hereafter, pressure limiter valves may bereferred to as "Devices."

2001 - Product No. K13701 - Price: £28.00/ $41.00/ €41.00MFC-16M, Measurement Of Fluid Flow In Closed Conduit By MeansOf Electromagnetic FlowmetersThis Standard applies to AC and pulsed-DC type industrial electromagnetic flowmeters with eitherwetted or non-wetted electrodes, and to the applications of these flowmeters to the measurement ofthe volumetric flowrate of electrically conducting and electrically homogeneous liquids or slurriesflowing in a completely filled closed conduit. It specifically does not apply to insertion or medical typeelectromagnetic flow meters. It also does not cover applications of industrial flowmeters involvingnonconductive liquids or highly conductive liquids (i.e., liquids, metals). This document contains adiscussion of the theory and measurement technique of electromagnetic flowmeter, a physicaldescription of the various types available, application considerations, specifications as to whatequipment markings should reside on the meter, and liquid calibration procedures. predictable limitsof uncertainty. The devices introduced into the pipe are called primary devices. The term primarydevice also includes the pressure taps and the associate upstream and downstream piping. All otherinstruments or devices required for the measurement or transmission of the differential pressures areknown as secondary elements, and in combination are referred to as the secondary devices. ThisStandard covers the primary devices, the secondary will be mentioned only occasionally as and whennecessary for the proper operation of the primary device. The different primary devices covered in thisStandard are: (a) orifice plates used with corner pressure taps. (b) orifice plates used with flangepressure taps, and (c) specially designed orifice meters with integral fittings.

1995 - Product No. K13895 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00MFC-18M, Measurement of Fluid Flow Using Variable Area MetersThis Standard describes the common variable area flowmeter. This Standard does not attempt tostandardize dimensions because the commercial products differ too widely. The variable area meter ismanufactured in a variety of designs. This Standard addresses only those meters based on a verticaltapered tube of round or a modified round cross section. Specifically not addressed are the variousvane type meters, eters with horizontal flow, or meters which use a spring deflection to oppose flowforces.


GAGE BLANKSB47.1, Gage Blanks1 Scope This Standard covers standard designs for the following: (a) plain and thread plug gageblanks to 12.010 in. maximum gaging diameter (b) plain and thread ring gage blanks to 12.260 in.maximum gaging diameter (c) involute and serrated spline plug and ring gage blanks to 8.000 in.major diameter (d) straight-sided spline plug and ring gage blanks to major diameters of 8.000 in. forplugs and 6.000 in. for rings (e) machine taper plug and ring gage blanks to 5.000 in. gaging diameter(f) adjustable snap gages to 12 in. (g) adjustable length gages to any desired length (h) master disksup to 8.010 in. in diameter Recommended general designs covering taper plug and ring gages forspecial applications, flush-pin gages, and flat plug gages are also included. This Standard is intendedto deal only with the dimensions of blanks, frames, and fittings. However, it is expected that gagesmade from these blanks shall be finished in accordance with accepted good gagemaking practice withrespect to accuracy and workmanship.

1988 - Product No. M08288 - Price: £56.00/ $84.00/ €84.00B40.100-1998, Pressure Gauges And Gauge AttachmentsThis Standard is confined to analog, dial-type gauges, which, utilizing elastic elements, mechanicallysense pressure and indicate it by means of a pointer moving over a graduated scale. It does notinclude gauges of special configuration designed for specific applications, edge reading, deadweightor mercury floated piston gauges, or any other gauges not utilizing and elastic element to sensemedia pressure.

2000 - Product No. K14398 - Price: £76.00/ $114.00/ €114.00B40.200, Thermometers, Direct Reading and Remote ReadingThis Standard is confined to analog, dial-type bimetallic actuated thermometers utilizing helicalbimetallic elements that mechanically sense temperature and indicate it by means of a pointer movingover a scale.


HAND TOOLSB107.1, Socket Wrenches Hand Inch SeriesThis standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for detachable socketwrenches with square drive for hand use. Inclusion of dimensional data in this standard is notintended to imply that all of the products described herein are stock production sizes. Consumers arerequested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock productions sizes.

1993 - Product No. N08893 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.2, Socket Wrenches,Extensions,Adaptors And UniversalJoints,Power Drive, Impact, Inch SeriesThis Standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for detachable socketwrenches, extensions, adaptors, and universal joints for power drive impact use. Inclusion ofdimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of the products described herein arestock production sizes. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers or theirrepresentatives concerning lists of stock production sizes. All dimensions in this Standard are ininches.

1995 - Product No. N01395 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.4M, Driving and Spindle Ends For Portable Hand, Impact, Airand Electric Tools -Percussion Tools ExcludedThis standard applies to portable power tools for drilling, grinding, polishing, sawing, and drivingthreaded fasteners & hand tools for driving threaded fasteners. Other tools not classed as percussiontools belong in this category and may be added by revision of addition through the usual procedure.This standard includes dimension and tolerances for both driving and driven elements where suchcoordination is important and not established by reference to the pertinent American NationalStandards. All dimensions are in inches and millimeters.

1995 - Product No. N02395 - Price: £30.00/ $44.00/ €44.00B107.5M, Socket Wrenches, Hand-Metric SeriesThis standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for detachable socketwrenches with square drive for hand use. Inclusion of dimensional data in this standard is not

14

intended to imply that all of the products described herein are stock production sizes. Consumers arerequested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1994 - Product No. N08294 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.6, Wrenches Box Angled Open End Combination Flare NutAnd Tappet - Inch SeriesThis standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for wrenches, includingcombination, angled, open end, box, flare nut and tappet. Inclusion of dimensional data in thisstandard is not intended to imply that all of the products described herein are stock production sizes.Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1994 - Product No. N08494 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B107.8M, Adjustable WrenchesThis Standard covers adjustable wrenches open-end, heavy duty, rack and worm adjustmentgenerally used on both hexagonal and square bolts and nuts. The requirements within this Standardare intended to describe the best commercial quality wrenches available. Inclusion of dimensionaldata in this Standard is not intended to imply that all products described herein are stock productionsizes. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of production sizes.

1996 - Product No. N08396 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B107.9M, Wrenches,Box,Angled,Open End,Combination,FlareNut,And Tappet-Metric SeriesThis standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for wrenches, includingcombination, angled, open end, box, flare nut, and tappet. Inclusion of dimensional data in thisstandard is not intended to imply that all of the products described herein are stock production sizes.Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1994 - Product No. N08794 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.10M, Handles And Attachments For Hand Socket Wrenches--Inch And Metric SeriesThis Standard covers the more generally used handles and attachments utilized by mechanics inrepair and maintenance of vehicles, machinery, and other items. Inclusion of dimensional data in thisStandard is not intended to imply that all of the products described herein are stock production sizes.Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1996 - Product No. N10096 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.11M, Pliers Diagonal Cutting And Nippers End CuttingThis standard is intended to cover the general, dimensional, and functional characteristics for pliershaving cutting edges diagonal to the pliers longitudinal axis and pliers having cutting edges at rightangles to the pliers longitudinal axis. Inclusion of dimensional data in this standard is not intended toimply that all of the products described herein are stock production sizes. Consumers are requestedto consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1993 - Product No. N10493 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.12, Nut Drivers - Spin Type,Screwdriver Grip - Inch Series1 Scope This Standard is intended to cover the generally used nut drivers with a socket and shaft thatutilizes a screwdriver-type grip. Inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to implythat all of the products described herein are stock production sizes.

1997 - Product No. N10797 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B107.13M, Pliers--Long Nose,Long Reach1 Scope: This Standard is intended to cover the general dimensional and functional characteristics oflong nose, long reach pliers. Inclusion of dimensional and functional data in this Standard is notintended to imply that all products described herein are stock production sizes. Consumers arerequested to consult with the manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1996 - Product No. N11196 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B107.14M, Hand Torque ToolsThis standard covers common manually operated torque wrenches and screwdrivers used for controlof the tightness of threaded fasteners. It is not intended to describe products infrequently

1994 - Product No. N10994 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B107.15, Flat Tip Phillips ScrewdriversThis standard covers straight handle-type screwdrivers of flat tip and phillips design intended formanual operation in driving or removing screws with slotted or phillips recesses. The screwdriversshall be of the types normally used by cabinetmakers, carpenters, sheet metal workers, productionworkers, mechanics, etc. The intention is to specify performance rather than design detail. Inclusion ofdimensional data in this standard is not intended to imply that all of the products described herein arestock production sizes. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists ofstock production sizes.

1993 - Product No. N11693 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.16M, Shears: Metal Cutting HandThis Standard covers hand shears used for cutting metal.

1998 - Product No. N11498 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B107.17M, Gages, Wrench Openings, Reference1 Scope and Purpose This Standard establishes gage sizes for inch and metric wrench openings.These requirements do not cover every available size, but only those most commonly manufactured.2 APPLICATION The gages covered by this Standard shall be used to ensure the manufacture ofconforming product in inch and metric sizes.

1997 - Product No. N11297 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.18M, Pliers - Wire TwisterThis Standard is intended to cover the general dimensional and functional characteristics for wiretwister pliers, which are used primarily for twisting safety wires on critical equipment on aircraft,automotive equipment, and for other similar applications. Inclusion of dimensional data in thisStandard is not intended to imply that all products described herein are stock production sizes.Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists stock production sizes.

1996 - Product No. N11396 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B107.19, Pliers Retaining RingThis standard is intended to cover the general dimensional, functional characteristics of pliers used forinserting and removing internal and external retaining rings. Inclusion of dimensional data in thisstandard is not intended to imply that all of the products described herein are stock production sizes.Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1993 - Product No. N11893 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.20M, Pliers (Lineman's Iron Worker's, Gas, Glass, Fence, AndBattery)This Standard covers the general, dimensional, and functional characteristics for pliers havinggripping surfaces and/or cutting edges. Inclusion of dimensional and functional data in this Standard isnot intended to imply that all products described herein are stock production sizes. Consumers arerequested to consult with manufacturers concerning a list of stock production sizes.

1998 - Product No. N11798 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.21, Wrench, Crowfoot Attachments (Inch Series)This Standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for wrench crowfootattachments having a wrench component of the open end type and open box end type. Each type isdesigned to receive the male drive end of a socket wrench handle. Inclusion of dimensional data inthis Standard is not intended to imply that all of the products described herein are stock productionsizes. Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock productionsizes.

1998 - Product No. N12598 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B107.22M, Electric CuttersThis Standard covers the general dimensional and functional characteristics of electronic cuttershaving cutting edges diagonal to the cutter's longitudinal axis and cutters having cutting edges at rightangles to the cutters longitudinal axis. Inclusion of dimensional and functional data in this Standard isnot intended to imply that all the products described herein are stock production sizes. Consumers arerequested to consult with manufacturers concerning a list of stock production sizes.

1998 - Product No. N12398 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B107.23M, Pliers, Multiple Position, AdjustableThis Standard is intended to cover the general dimensional and functional characteristics of slip-jointand battery pliers. Inclusion of dimensional and functional data in this Standard is not intended toimply that all products described herein are stock production sizes. Consumers are requested toconsult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1997 - Product No. N12797 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.25M, Pliers--Performance Test MethodsThis Standard details the purpose, apparatus, procedures, and performance specifications for thefunctional testing of pliers. It is intended to be used by manufacturers, purchasers, and other personsinvolved with evaluating pliers products. Test procedures described herein are intended to measure acertain level of performance. This new Standard includes the outline of the Body of knowledge onwhich an applicant for certification will be examined. Certification will be available at two levels: 1)TECHNOLOGIST: Emphasizes an understanding of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing 2)SENIORS: Emphasizes the application of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing

1996 - Product No. N13596 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B107.27, Pliers Multiple Position - Electrical ConnectorThis Standard is intended to cover the general dimensional and functional characteristics of pliers(also known as, Cannon Plug Pliers), which are primarily for connecting or disconnecting threadedlock collars of electrical connectors.

1996 - Product No. N13696 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.28M, Electronic Torque InstrumentsThis Standard is intended to cover the general, dimensional, and functional characteristics formanually operated electronic torque instruments used for control of the tightness of threadedfasteners. It also covers requirements for endurance, torque value ranges, and accuracy for thesetorque instruments. It is not intended to describe products infrequently utilized or those designed forspecial purposes.

1997 - Product No. N14397 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.29M, Electronic Tester, Hand Torque ToolsThis Standard covers electronic torque testers used for checking manually operated hand held torquewrenches and torque screwdrivers.

1998 - Product No. N14698 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.31M, Screwdrivers, Cross Tip GagingThis Standard specifies two types of penetration gaging of Phillips (PH) and Pozidriv (PZ)screwdrivers and supplements the ASME blade and bit standards.

1997 - Product No. N13997 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B107.34M, Socket Wrenches For Spark PlugsThis Standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for detachable handuse socket wrenches with square drive for spark plugs. Inclusion of dimensional data in this Standardis not intended to imply that all of the products described herein are stock production sizes.Consumers are requested to consult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes.

1997 - Product No. N14297 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.35M, Nut Drivers-Spin Type Screwdriver GripThis Standard is intended to cover the general and dimensional requirements for the commonly usedmetric nut drivers with an integral socket and shaft that utilizes a screwdriver-type hand grip. Inclusionof dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of the products described hereinare stock production sizes.

1997 - Product No. N14097 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.38M, Electronic Pliers 1998This Standard covers the dimensional and functional characteristics of electronic pliers suitable forgripping, holding, and/or manipulating small objects. Some pliers may also have cutting edgessuitable for cutting small diameter wire. Inclusion of dimensional and functional data in this Standardis not intended to imply that all of the products described herein are stock production sizes.Consumers should consult with manufacturers concerning a list of stock production sizes.

1998 - Product No. N15598 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.41M, Nail Hammers-Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of nailhammers that are intended specifically for use in driving or pulling common (unhardened) nails andripping apart or tearing down wooden components.

1997 - Product No. N13797 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B107.42M, Hatchets: Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of hatchets.Hatchets have a striking face on one end of the head for use in driving common (unhardened) nails orstriking wood products or both; and a blade or bit on the opposite end for use in cutting, notching, andshaping wood products or wallboard products, or both; cutting, spacing, and aligning soft roofingproducts; and pulling common (unhardened) nails when the tool is provided with a nail slot.

1997 - Product No. N14197 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B107.43M, Wood-Slipping Wedges: Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of splittingwedges made of steel that are intended specifically for use in splitting wood.

1998 - Product No. N14498 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.44M, Glazier'S Chisels And Wood Chisels-SafetyRequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of glazier'schisels and wood chisels. Glazier's chisels are used for removing and installing putty around window

15

panes and for general wood chisel work relating to glazing; wood chisels are intended specifically foruse in making rough and finish cuts in wood and similarly soft materials.

1998 - Product No. N15198 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.45M, Ripping Chisels And Flooring/Electricians' Chisels:Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of rippingchisels and flooring/electricians' chisels. These chisels are intended for use in cutting wood and lightprying, such as cutting the tongue of installed flooring sections and raising and removing floor planks.

1998 - Product No. N14598 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.46M, Stud, Screw And Pipe Extractors: Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of handheldscrew and pipe extractors that are intended specifically for removing broken screws, pipes, bolts,studs, and fittings from threaded openings. It is intended to cover only those designs that requirestriking of the extractor to seat it properly in the broken pipe or fastener being removed. ThisStandard, therefore, does not cover designs which do not require striking, such as the ground threadextractor.

1998 - Product No. N14798 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.47M, Metal Chisels: Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of hand heldand handled metal chisels that are intended specifically for use in cutting and shaping metal objects.Some types of chisels included are cape, cold, concave, splitting, diamond point, and half round.Power driven chisels are excluded.

1998 - Product No. N15498 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.48M, Hand Tools-Metal Punches And Drift Pins-SafetyRequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of hand-heldand handled metal punches and drift pins that are intended specifically for use in marking metal, fordriving and removing such things as pins and rivets, and for aligning holes in different sections ofmaterial. Some types of punches included are: center, prick, pin, starting, drift or lining up, round,backing out, and bearing race. Power-driven punches are excluded.

1998 - Product No. N15698 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B107.49M, Nail Sets: Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of nail setsthat are intended specifically for setting unhardened finishing nails below the surface of the materialbeing nailed. 1.2 PURPOSE This Standard is intended to serve as a guide in selecting, testing, andusing the hand tools covered. Details of design, testing, and the use of tools covered are specifiedonly as they relate to safety. It is not the purpose of this Standard to specify the details ofmanufacturing. This Standard is also meant to serve as a guide in developing manuals and postersand for training personnel in safe practices.

1998 - Product No. N14898 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B107.50M, Brick Chisels And Brick Sets: Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction,testing, and use of brickchisels and brick sets that are intended specifically for use in scoring and cutting brick and masonryblock.

1998 - Product No. N14998 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B107.51, Star Drills-Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of hand-heldstar drills. These hand-held star drills are intended for use in drilling holes in brick, tile, concrete, orstone.

2001 - Product No. N15901 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.52M, Nail Puller Bars: Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of nail-pullerbars. These bars, also known as nail claws, are intended specifically for use in extracting nailsembedded in forms, crates, or structures. Wrecking, stripping, prying, lining, and aligning pry bars,crowbars, and similar tools that are not intended to be struck in their accepted use are excluded.

1998 - Product No. N15298 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B107.53M, Ball Peen Hammers: Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirement for the design, construction, testing, and use of ball peenhammers have a striking face on one end of the head for use in striking punches and chisels, and aball peen on the opposite end for use in riveting, shaping, and straightening unhardened metals.

1998 - Product No. N15398 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B107.54, Heavy Striking Tools: Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of thefollowing style of heavy striking tools. The names given and intended uses are those generallyrecognized (see Fig. 1). (a) BLACKSMITH'S DOUBLE-FACE SLEDGES. Nevada long-pattern strikinghammers, and Oregon short-pattern striking hammers, intended specifically for use in generalsledging operations in striking wood, metal, masonry, and stone. (b) HAND DRILLING HAMMERS.Intended specifically for use in striking chisels, punches, star drills, spikes, and hardened nails. (c)BLACKSMITHS'S CROSS-PEEN SLEDGES. The striking face of which is intended specifically foruse in general sledging operations in strking wood, metal, masonry, and stone and the peen face ofwhich is intended specifically for use in bending and fullering (necking) unhardened metal. (c)WOODCHOPPER'S MAUL. The bit end of which is intended specifically for splitting logs and thestriking face of which is intended specifically for driving metal wood-splitting wedges into logs. (e)RAILROAD SPIKE MAUL. Intended specifically for use in driving railroad spikes. (f) SPALLINGHAMMERS. Intended specifically for use in cutting and shaping stone and masonry by first making ascore line with the peen and then tapping away the unwanted stone or masonry with the striking face.(g) STONE SLEDGE. The peen end of which is intended specifically for making score lines in stoneand masonry and the striking face of which is intended specifically for use in breaking up stone andmasonry. (h) BUSH HAMMERS. Intended specifically for use in roughing and chipping conrete. (i)BOAT MAULS. Intended specifically for use in driving wooden wedges and wooden pegs. (j)LINEMANS'S OR FARRIER'S TURNING HAMMERS. Intended specifically for use by telephone andelectric utility linemen or by farriers (blacksmiths) in forming and shaping horseshoes.

2001 - Product No. N16001 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.55M, Axes-Safety RequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of axes thatare intended specifically for use in felling, trimming, and pruning trees; splitting and cutting wood;notching and shaping logs and timbers; driving wooden or plastic stakes; pulling unhardened nailswhen the tool is provided with a nail slot; or digging when the particular tool is provided with a diggingblade.

1998 - Product No. N15098 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00B107.56, Body Repair Hammers And Dolly Blocks: SafetyRequirements

This Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of bodyrepair hammers and dolly blocks, both of which are intended specifically for the reshaping of sheetmetal panels.

1999 - Product No. N15899 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B107.57, Bricklayers, Hammers and Prospecting Picks: SafetyRequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use ofbricklayer's hammers that are intended specifically for use in setting and cutting (splitting) bricks,masonry tile, chipping mortar from bricks, and also of prospecting picks that are intended specificallyfor use in pulling samples from the ground.

2001 - Product No. N16101 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B107.58M, Riveting, Scaling, And Tinner'S Setting Hammers: SafetyRequirementsThis Standard provides safety requirements for the design, construction, testing, and use of riveting,scaling and tinner's setting hammers described below. The names given are those generallyrecognized; styles are not limited to those named or illustrated ( see Figs. 1, 2, and 3). (a) Rivetinghammers: Intended specifically for driving, spreading, and setting unhardened rivets in hardenedmaterials (also called tinner's or machinists' riveting hammers). (b) Scaling hammers: Intendedspecifically for removing scale, paint, welding flux, rust, or other similar flaking material from thesurface of unhardened metal (also called chipping hammers). (c) Tinner's setting hammers: Intendedspecifically for closing, forming, and peening of sheet metal (also called peening hammers).


HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEMSHPS, High Pressure SystemsHigh pressure systems requirements which augment The ASME Boiler and Pressure Code, SectionVIII - Pressure Vessels and the ASME B31.3 Process Piping Code. These requirements for highpressure systems exclude nuclear power applications. It is intended that these provisions cover thoseareas not already accommodated by existing standards and shall serve as standards for design,materials, fabrication, installation, testing, inspection, maintenance, documentation, replacement,repair, and protective containment of high pressure systems.


INDUSTRIAL TRUCKSB56.1, Safety Standard For High Lift And Low Lift TrucksThis Standard defines the safety requirements relating to the elements of design, operation, andmaintenance of low lift and high lift powered industrial trucks controlled by a riding or walkingoperator, and intended for use on compacted, improved surfaces.

2000 - Product No. J08500 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00B56.5, Safety Standard Guided Industrial Vehicles AutomatedFunctions Of Manned Industrial VehiclesThis Standard defines the safety requirements relating to the elements of design, operation, andmaintenance of powered, not mechanically restrained, unmanned automatic guided vehicles forindustrial use. This Standard applies to guided industrial vehicles in automatic mode of operation innonrestricted areas. Portions of this Standard, when designated, also apply to semi-automatic,manual, and maintenance modes and restricted areas of vehicle operation. "This Standard does notapply to passenger carrying vehicles."

1993 - Product No. J05793 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00B56.6, Safety Standard For Rough Terrain Forklift TrucksThis Standard defines safety requirements relating to the elements of design, operation, andmaintenance of rough terrain forklift trucks. These trucks are intended for operation on unimprovednatural terrain as well as the disturbed terrain of construction sites. This excludes machines designedprimarily for earth moving, such as loaders and dozers, even though their buckets and blades arereplaced with forks, and machines designed primarily as over-the-road trucks equipped with liftingdevices.

1992 - Product No. J05692 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00B56.7, Safety Standard For Industrial Crane TrucksThis Standard defines safety requirements relating to the elements of design, operation, andmaintenance of powered industrial crane trucks intended primarily for pick and carry use inwarehousing, yarding, or industrial plant operation over improved or hard surfaced roads and yards,including maintenance within these areas. This Standard does not apply to the general type ofindustrial crane trucks described herein, where used for construction work in any area, or toequipment within the scope of ASME B30 which includes and defines rough terrain, crawler,locomotive, and truck cranes. Industrial crane trucks shall have the following characteristics: (a) onepower source for both travel and crane operations; (b) a single operator's position with controls fortravel and crane operation located in the chassis, and which does not rotated with the slewing boom;(c) a hoisting mechanism for the loadline which provides powered operation in both hoisting andlowering directions, and furnished with a positive friction brake to prevent free spooling.

1987 - Product No. J07387 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00B56.8, Safety Standard For Personnel And Burden CarriersThis standard defines safety requirements relating to the elements of design, operation, and ofpowered personnel and burden carriers having three or more wheels, a maximum speed notexceeding 35 mph (56 kmph), and a load capacity not exceeding 10,000 lb (4536kg). This standarddoes not include vehicles intended primarily for earth moving or over-the-road hauling, or un- mannedautomatic guided vehicles.

1993 - Product No. J06893 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00B56.9, Safety Standard For Operator Controlled Industrial TowTractorsThis Standard defines the safety requirements relating to the elements of design, operation, andmaintenance of operator controlled industrial tow tractors up to and including 15,000 lb (66,750 N)maximum rated drawbar pull.

1992 - Product No. J11492 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00B56.10, Safety Standard For Manually Propelled High Lift IndustrialTrucksThis Standard defines the safety requirements relating to the elements of design, operation, andmaintenance of manually propelled high lift industrial trucks controlled by a walking operator, andintended for use on level, improved surfaces. instruments. It does not include diaphragm actuatedpressure instruments that employ mechanical linkages to transmit the applied pressure or otherseparation devices designed to protect the pressure element assembly.

1992 - Product No. K13292 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00B56.11.1, Double Race Or Bi-Level Swivel And Rigid IndustrialCasters

16

This standard establishes dimensional standards for double race or bi-level swivel and rigid industrialcasters in order to provide for the overall interchangeability of a complete caster.

1992 - Product No. K05192 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B56.11.4, Hook-Type Forks And Fork Carriers For PoweredIndustrial Forklift TrucksThe scope of this Standard encompasses standards relative to hook-type fork carriers and theattaching elements of fork arms and load handling attachments for forklift trucks, in relation tomanufacturers' rated capacities of trucks up to and including 11,000 kg (24,000 lb).

1992 - Product No. K07492 - Price: £28.00/ $41.00/ €41.00B56.11.5, Measurement Of Sound Emitted By Low Lift, High Lift AndRough Terrain Powered Industrial TrucksThis Standard establishes the conditions, test procedures, environment, and instrumentation for thedetermination and reporting of the A-weighted sound pressure level of electric battery and internalcombustion engine powered, low lift, high lift, and rough terrain industrial trucks. It excludesearthmoving machinery, industrial cranes, and vehicles intended primarily for use on public roads. Itprovides test procedures for measuring both operator and bystander exposure to sound produced bythe trucks. The test procedures set forth in this Standard provide the basis for determining thecontribution powered industrial trucks make to the overall sound level of a selected work area.

1992 - Product No. K12892 - Price: £28.00/ $41.00/ €41.00B56.11.6, Evaluation Of Visibility Form Powered Industrial TrucksThis Standard establishes the conditions, procedures, equipment, and acceptability criteria forevaluating visibility from powered industrial trucks. It applies to internal combustion engine poweredand electric high lift, counterbalanced, sit-down rider industrial trucks up to and including 10,000 kg(22,000 lb) capacity. inspection, testing, and acceptance, thereby fostering universal use of exportpallets in international commerce with minimal restrictions.

1992 - Product No. K13392 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B56.11.7, Liquified Petroleum Gas(LPG) Fuel Cylinders(HorizontalOr Vertical)Mtg-Liq W/D-Pwr Ind Trucks

1998 - Product No. K14198 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.003287, Powered Industrial Trucks: Symbols for Operator Controlsand Other Displays (Identical to ISO 3287-1999)This Standard establishes symbols for use on operator controls and other displays on poweredindustrial trucks.


KEYSB17.1, Keys and KeyseatsThis standard establishes a uniform relationship between shaft size and key size for parallel and taperkeys retaining similar basic sizing as found in the withdrawn B17.1-1943 standard. This standardcovers the size, type and tolerances of parallel and taper keys and keyseats, and their relationship toshaft diameters and bore diameters. The sizes and tolerances contained in this standard are intendedfor single key applications only. Key strength and steel analysis entering into the makeup of stock forkeys is not within the scope of this standard. Shaft diameters are listed for identification of various keysizes and are not intended to establish shaft dimensions, tolerances or selections.

1967 - Product No. J00038 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B17.2, Woodruff Keys and KeyseatsThis standard covers nomenclature, definitions, identification number, dimensions and tolerances ofWoodruff Keys and Keyseats. It represents manufacturing practices for sizes and types from 1/16 in. x1/4 in. thru 3/4 in. x 3 1/2 in. covering 66 listings. Material, heat treatment, hardness or finish is notwithin the scope of this standard. Dimensional features only are included.


MACHINE GUARDINGB15.1, Safety Standard For Mechanical Power TransmissionApparatusThe requirements of this Standard apply to any source of hazard to people from the operation ofmechanical power transmission apparatus on machines, equipment, or systems that are stationary intheir use, other than the point operation. This Standard applies to the sources of mechanical power,and also to pulleys, gears, and other mechanical components used to transmit power to the point ofoperation.


MANLIFTSA90.1, Safety Standard For Belt ManliftsThis applies to the manufacture, installation, maintenance, inspection, and operation of manlifts.Manlifts covered by this scope consist of steps (platforms) and accompanying handholds mountedon/or attached to an endless belt operating vertically in one direction only and being supported by,and driven through pulleys at the top and bottom. These manlifts are intended for conveyance ofpersons only. It is not intended that this scope cover moving stairways, elevators with enclosedplatforms (Paternoster elevators), gravity lifts, or conveyors used only for conveying materials.


MEASUREMENTB89 TP, Technical Paper 1990, Space Plate Test RecommendationsFor Coordinate Measuring MachinesThe purpose of this technical paper is to give guidance for analyzing the performance capabilities ofCMM's using space plate technology. It is intended are a reference document to the ANSI/ASMEB89.1.12 Standard, "Methods for Performance Evaluation of Coordinate Measuring Machines."foundation or from another structure. This Standard covers many of the design of steel stacks. Itoutlines the consideration which must be made for both the mechanical and structural design. Itemphasizes what consideration must be taken for wind-and seismic-induced vibrations. It givesguidelines for the selection of material, linings, and coatings. It states the requirements for lighting andlighting protection based upon existing building and federal codes. It gives the requirements forclimbing and access based upon current Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)standards. It emphasizes the important areas regarding fabrication and construction. It outlines areasrequiring maintenance and inspection following initial operation.

1990 - Product No. L07190 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B89 TR, Technical Report 1990, Parametric Calibration OfCoordinate Measuring Machines

This report deals with coordinate measuring machines having three linear axes perpendicular to eachother. Such machines have three movable components. An example is the moving-bridge machine,Fig 1 The movable components are the bridge, carriage, and ram.

1990 - Product No. L00070 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B89.1.2M, Calibration Of Gage Blocks By Contact ComparisonMethods, Through 20in. And 500mmThis standard covers procedures to establish unified practice in calibration laboratories for measuringgage blocks up to 20 in.(500mm) in length (size) by contact comparison methods. It does not coverinterferometric comparison methods.

1991 - Product No. L07291 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B89.1.5, Measurement Of Plain External Diameters For Use AsMaster Discs Or Cylindrical Plug GagesThis Standard is intended to establish uniform practices for the measurement of master discs orcylindrical plug gages to a given tolerance using vertical or horizontal comparators and laserinstruments. The Standard includes requirements for geometric qualities of master discs or cylindricalplugs, the important characteristics of the comparison equipment, environmental conditions, and themeans to assure that measurements are made with an acceptable level of accuracy. This Standarddoes not address thread or gear measuring wires.

1998 - Product No. L07398 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B89.1.6M, Measurement of Qualified Plain Internal Diameters ForUse As Master Rings and Ring Gages1 SCOPE This Standard is intended to provide and establish uniform practice for the measurement ofmaster rings and ring gages to a given tolerance by means of a two-jaw internal comparator. Itincludes requirements for geometrical quality of master rings, quality of length standards required, theimportant characteristics of the comparison equipment, environmental conditions, and the means toassure that measurements are made with an acceptable level of confidence.

1984 - Product No. L00048 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B89.1.9, Gage BlocksThis Standard covers specifications for gage blocks up to and including 20 in. and 500 mm in length,including physical properties, general dimensions, tolerance grades, flatness, parallelism, surfacetexture requirements, and definitions of length. It is not the intent of this Standard to preclude the useof other styles (shapes), classes, and types (material) of gage blocks provided they are properlycorrelated by the manufacturer and user to this Standard and yield comparable results with respect toconformance within specified limits.

2002 - Product No. L04402 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B89.1.10M, Dial Indicators For Linear MeasurementsThis Standard is intended to provide the essential requirements for dial indicators as a basis formutual understanding between manufacturers and consumers. Described herein are various typesand groups of dial indicators used to measure a linear dimension or a variation from a referencedimension.

2001 - Product No. L05701 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B89.3.1, Measurement Of Out-Of-RoundnessThis standard covers the specification and measurement of out-of-roundness of a surface ofrevolution by the evaluation of a typical cross- sectional profile in terms of its radial deviations from adefined center. While this standard deals primarily with precision spindle instruments for out-of-roundness measurement and polar chart presentation, it is not the intent here to exclude othermethods which will provide valid radial deviation data. This standard does not define the designrequirements for roundness suitable for specific purposes, nor does it specify the manufacturingprocess for production of roundness. non-standard. largest volume of present needs of users and,therefore, may be manufactured on a production basis. The second category of this standard shallinclude sizes which are classified as special. Realistic tolerances which can be readily met withmodern equipment have been established that will insure a high grade tool which can be maintainedeconomically in respect to both the component parts and the die set assembly. Die sets covered inthis standard are those as stated above and are both heavy and light duty. The die sets shown are ofthe conventional type with pressed in guide posts and press fit guide post bushings or withdemountable guide posts and demountable guide post bushings or any combination thereof. Thestandard die areas may also apply to die sets with patented mountings for the guide posts and guidepost bushings. There are in existence several different types of special guide posts and guide postbushings, some of which are proprietary in nature and therefore are not included in this standard.

1972 - Product No. L00020 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B89.3.4M, Axes Of Rotation-Methods For Specifying and TestingThis document is primarily intended for, but not limited to, the standardization of methods of specifyingand testing the axes of rotation of spindles used in machine tools and measuring machines. ThisStandard does not include the subject of angular positioning accuracy. Appendices are attachedwhich provide advisory information for the interpretation and use of the Standard. The Appendices arenot part of this Standard.

1985 - Product No. L00066 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B89.4.1, Methods For Performance Evaluation Of CoordinateMeasuring Machines

1997 - Product No. L06597 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00B89.6.2, Temperature And Humidity Environment For DimensionalMeasurementThis standard is intended to fill industry's need for standardized methods of: a. Describing and testingtemperature-controlled environments for dimensional measurements, and b. Assuring itself thattemperature control is adequate for the calibration of measuring equipment, as well as themanufacture and acceptance of work pieces.

1973 - Product No. L00047 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B89.7.2, Dimensional Measurement Planning1 SCOPE 1.1 OBJECTIVE The objective of this Standard is to insure correctness and acceptability ofdimensional measurements. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS This Standard specifies requirements forpreparation and approval of dimensional measurement plans and for the use of approved plans inmaking dimensional measurements. 1.3 APPLICABILITY This Standard considers that a dimensionalmeasurement method is acceptable if its associated measurement uncertainty per the reference inSection 3 (ANSI/NCSL Standard for Expressing Uncertainty) meets business needs, e.g., cost ofmeasurements, consequences of pass and fail errors, liability, specific policies, and customerrequirements. In assessing the acceptability of an uncertainty, management should take into accountthe importance and difficulty of accurately quantifying uncertainty. 1.4 PURPOSE This Standard isintended for use by process and quality control engineers (dimensional measurement planners) inplanning manufacturing-related dimensional measurements.

1999 - Product No. L07499 - Price: £44.00/ $65.00/ €65.00B89.7.3.1, Guidelines for Decision Rules: Considering MeasurementUncertainty in Determining Confirmation to Specifications

17


METRIC SYSTEMSI-1, ASME Orientation and Guide for use of SI-1 (Metric) Units-Ninth EditionThis booklet includes: SI Base and Supplementary Units, Rules For Use Of SI Units In ASMEPublications, Conversion and Rounding, Dimensioning, Units Outside The International System, UnitsNot To Be Used In ASME Documents, SI Units For ASME Use, and Methods Of Reporting SIEquivalents For Existing Standards Under Revision. It also includes tables on SI Base Units, Units InUse With International System, Units To Be Used With The International System For A Limited Time,CGS Units With Special Names and SI Units For ASME Use.

1982 - Product No. E00058 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00

NUCLEARAG-1, Code on Nuclear Air and Gas TreatmentProvides requirements for the performance, design, construction, acceptance testing, and qualityassurance of equipment used as components in nuclear safety-related air and gas treatment systemsin nuclear facilities.

1997 - Product No. A12297 - Price: £140.00/ $210.00/ €210.00NOG-1, Rules for Construction of Overhead and Gantry Cranes (TopRunning Bridge, Multiple Girder)This Code covers electric overhead and gantry multiple girder cranes with top running bridge andtrolley used at nuclear facilities, and components of cranes at nuclear facilities.

2002 - Product No. A11902 - Price: £100.00/ $150.00/ €150.00NQA-1, Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear FacilityApplicationsThis part sets forth requirements for the establishment and execution of quality assurance programsfor the siting, design, construction, operation, and decommissioning of nuclear facilities.Nonmandatory guidance is provided in the Appendices.

2001 - Product No. A10500 - Price: £116.00/ $174.00/ €174.00NUM-1, Rules For Construction Of Cranes, Monorails, And HoistsWith Bridge Or Trolley Or Hoist Of The Underhung TypeThis Standard covers underhung cranes, top-running bridge and gantry cranes with underhungtrolleys, traveling wall cranes, jib cranes, monorail systems, overhead hoists, and hoists with integraltrolleys used in nuclear facilities. All of the above cranes, whether single or multiple girder, arecovered by this Standard with the exception of multiple girder cranes with both top-running bridge andtrolley, which are covered by ASME NOG-1.

2000 - Product No. J14300 - Price: £104.00/ $156.00/ €156.00QME-1, Qualification of Active Mechanical Equipment used inNuclear Power PlantsDescribes the requirements and guidelines for qualifying active mechanical equipment used in nuclearpower plants. The requirements and guidelines presented include the principles, procedures, andmethods of qualification. This Standard does not apply to electric components such as motors, electricvalve actuators instrumentation, and control devices which are qualified by conformance withappropriate IEEE Standards.

2001 - Product No. A13600 - Price: £95.00/ $142.00/ €142.00OM, Code for the Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear PowerPlantsEstablishes the requirements for preservice and inservice testing and examination of certaincomponents to assess their operational readiness in light-water reactor power plants. It identifies thecomponents subject to test or examination, responsibilities, methods, intervals, parameters to bemeasured and evaluated, criteria for evaluating the results, corrective action, personnel qualification,and record keeping. These requirements apply to: (a) pumps and valves that are required to performa specific function in shutting down a reactor to the safe shutdown condition, in maintaining the safeshutdown condition, or in mitigating the consequences of an accident; (b) pressure relief devices thatprotect systems or portions of systems that perform one or more of these three functions; and (c)dynamic restraints (snubbers) used in systems that perform one or more of these three functions.

2001 - Product No. A12801 - Price: £156.00/ $234.00/ €234.00OM-S/G, Standards and Guides for Operation and Maintenance ofNuclear Power PlantsThis Code covers: In-service Testing of Pumps in Light-Water Reactor Power Plants, InserviceTesting of Valves in Light-Water Reactor Power Plants, and Preservice and Inservice Examinationand Testing of Dynamic Restraints (Snubbers) in Light-Water Reactor Power Plants.

2000 - Product No. A13100 - Price: £176.00/ $264.00/ €264.00RA-S, Probabilistic Risk Assessment for Nuclear Power PlantApplications

2002 - Product No. A15302 - Price: £88.00/ $132.00/ €132.00N278.1, Self-Operated and Power-Operated Safety-Related ValvesFunctional Specification StandardThis standard establishes requirements for functional specification for safety-related, self-operatedand power-operated valves for applications in a nuclear power plant.

1975 - Product No. A00084 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00N509, Nuclear Power Plant Air-Cleaning Units And ComponentsThis Standard covers requirements for the design, construction, and qualification and acceptancetesting of the air-cleaning units and components which make up Engineered Safety Feature (ESF)and other high efficiency air and gas treatment systems used in nuclear power plants.

1989 - Product No. A08589 - Price: £47.00/ $70.00/ €70.00N510, Testing of Nuclear Air-Treatment SystemsThis Standard covers field testing of ASME N509 1989 high efficiency air treatment systems fornuclear power plants.

1989 - Product No. A08289 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00N626.3, Qualifications and Duties of Specialized ProfessionalEngineersThis Standard presents minimum requirements for the qualification of personnel engaged in thecertification and Design Report review activities of the ASME Code. The personnel addressed arethose who perform the following specialty fields: (a) for Division 1: (1) Certification of the DesignSpecification on behalf of the Owner: (2) Certification of the Design Report on behalf of the NCertificate Holder; (3) Review of the Design Report on behalf of the Owner; (4) Certification of theOverpressure Protection Report on behalf of the Owner; and (5) Certification of the Load Capacity

Data Sheet on behalf of the N Certificate Holder. (b) for Division 2: (1) Certification of the DesignSpecification on behalf of the Owner; (2) Certification of the Construction Specification, DesignDrawings, and Design Report on behalf of the Designer; and (3) Review of the Design Report onbehalf of the Owner. Also provided are the duties of these personnel in the performance of theactivities described above.


OPERATOR QUALIFICATION ANDCERTIFICATIONQFO-1, Standard for the Qualification and Certification of HighCapacity Fossil Fuel Fired Plants1.1. Scope 1.1.1 This Standard specifies the requirements leading to certification as a fossilcombustion operator of a high capacity fossil fuel fired plant as appropriate to the Clean Air Act asamended in 1990, for a fossil fuel fired boiler with an input equal to or greater than 10E + 06 Btu/hr(10,550 E + 06 J/hr). 1.1.2 This Standard provides a procedure for qualification, examination, andcertification of the operator. Due to the diversity of size, operation, and process of the organizationsand plants affected, this Standard does not identify which specific position(s) or which individual(s) willbe certified.

1998 - Product No. A14698 - Price: £34.00/ $50.00/ €50.00QHO-1, Standard Qualification and Certification of Hazardous WasteIncinerator Operator1.1.1 Scope - This Standard covers the qualification and certification of operators of a hazardouswaste incinerator.

1994 - Product No. A13894 - Price: £34.00/ $50.00/ €50.00QMO-1-2000, Standard for the Qualification and Certification ofMedical Waste Incinerator OperatorsThis Standard covers the qualification and certification of operators of hospital, medical, and infectiouswaste incinerators (HMIWI).


PALLETSMH1, Pallets Slip Sheets And Other Bases For Unit LoadsThe following scope of the Committee was established: standardization of nomenclature, types, sizes,materials, and components of pallets, slip sheets, and other unit-load bases, including sampling,inspection, and test procedures. The following MH1 Committee standards were issued: MH1.1.2Definitions and Terminology Covering Pallets and Related Structures MH1.2.2M Pallet SizesMH1.4.1M Procedures for Testing Pallets MH1.5M Slip Sheets MH1.6 Standard Procedures forDetermination of Durability of Wooden Pallets and Related Structures MH1.7M Driven Fasteners forAssembly of Pallets and Related Structures MH1.8M Wood Pallets MH1.9 Export Pallets The MH1Committee has published the above eight separate standards which are being consolidated into asingle publication. MH1 Pallets, Slip Sheets, and Other Bases for Unit Loads. This 1997 Editioncontains the consolidation of the revised MH1.1.2, MH1.4M (formerly MH1.4.1M), MH1.6, andMH1.7M standards.

1997 - Product No. K14097 - Price: £68.00/ $102.00/ €102.00MH1.8M, Wood Pallets1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Uniform Voluntary Standard for Wood Pallets (hereinafter referred toas the Standard) is to establish nationally recognized minimum quality requirements for the principaltypes of wood pallets and to provide a basis for common understanding among manufacturers,repairers distributors, and users of wood pallets. 2 SCOPE This Uniform Voluntary Standard appliesto all lumber-deck pallets, either new or repaired, as well as the lumber components and fasteners.Criteria contained in this Standard are applicable only at the completion of manufacture. ThisStandard does not cover panel-deck pallets. This Standard is in three parts. Part 1 is the PrescriptiveStandard which concerns the manufacture of the pallet. This includes pallet and pallet componentdescriptions, fastener descriptions, workmanship criteria, dimensional tolerances, markings, andmoisture content levels. Part II is the Performance Standard which concerns the functionality of thepallet. This contains references to the testing of physical and computer models to assistmanufacturers, distributors, and users to determine the performance level of a specified pallet. Use ofthe Performance Standard is required for new pallet constructions, along with conformance to Part I ofthe Prescriptive Standard. Part III covers the Quality Assurance Auditing Program.

1996 - Product No. K13496 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00MH1.9, Export PalletsThe objective of this standard is to describe wood and wood-based pallets which meet the exportrequirements of the shippers and receivers and the certification requirements of the International PlantProtection Convention(IPPC). The export pallet description minimizes pallet Variations and facilitatespallet uniformity, inspection, testing, and acceptance, thereby fostering universal use of export palletsin international commerce with minimal restrictions.


PERFORMANCE TEST CODESPTC 1, General InstructionsMost ASME Performance Test Codes are applicable to a specific type of equipment defined by theCode. There may be several subcategories of equipment covered by a single Code. Types ofequipment for which PTCs apply can be classified into five broad categories: (a) electrical ormechanical power producing; (b) combustion and heat transfer; (c) fluid handling; (d) emissioncontrol, and; (e) allied equipment. The quantities, which characterize performance, defined in eachcode for the equipment within its scope. Performance characteristics determined by adherence to aPTC can be evaluated as compared to design or predicted characteristics, to previous test results, orthey can be used to benchmark or ascertain performance at a particular time. Some PTCs are writtenas general documents for reference, in support of the equipment PTCs. These can be considered astechnical reference material for the equipment codes. Reference material codes can be divided intothree types. The first type addresses the measurement of phenomena closely associated with theequipment, such as emissions. The second type covers instrumentation used in the measurement ofthermodynamic or process fluid parameters, such as pressure, temperature, flow, and steam quality,and how to analyze the uncertainties associated with measurement of all primary parameters todevelop overall test uncertainty is included in this type. Such individual codes referring to process orthermodynamic quantities are known as Performance Test Code Instruments and ApparatusSupplements. They are supplementary to the information on mandatory instrumentation requirementscontained in the equipment codes. Instrumentation information in equipment test codes cansupersede the information given in these supplements, or these supplements may be referenced byan equipment Test Code where deemed appropriate by the committee. The third type coversmiscellaneous general information, and currently consists of PTC 1, "General Instructions," and PTC2, "Definitions and Values." PTC 2 contains standards for terms, units, values of constants, andtechnical nomenclature. Figures 1 and 2 show the organization of ASME Performance Test Codecategories.

18

1999 - Product No. C01799 - Price: £36.00/ $53.00/ €53.00PTC 2, Code on Definitions and ValuesThe purpose of this Code is to provide the necessary information and data to comply with therequirement of PTC 1 that "all individual codes shall conform to the Code on Definitions and Values(PTC 2)." This Code contains standards for terms, units, values of constants, symbols and technicalnomenclature, which, where applicable, are to be component parts of all individual test codes.

1980 - Product No. C00007 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00PTC 3.1, Diesel and Burner FuelsThe object of testing Diesel and burner fuels is to determine whether they meet specifications that theproducer may establish for control in manufacture or for general sales classification, or that theconsumer may establish to define the suitability of the fuels for his use in given burners, furnaces, orinternal combustion engines. The specific objects of testing Diesel and burner fuels may include thedetermination of one or more of the following: (a) Composition (b) Content of foreign matter, solid orliquid (c) Heating value (d) Gravity (e) Viscosity (f) Ignition characteristics Under the term, Diesel andburner fuels, gasoline as used in spark ignition, internal combustion engines, is not included.

1958 - Product No. D00024 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00PTC 3.2, Solid FuelsThe Test Code for Solid Fuels specifies standard methods for a determination of those chemical andphysical properties which serve as criteria of the value of these fuels when burned in any type offurnace. It is recognized that in turn solid fuels includes such energy sources as coal, wood,agricultural waste products such as bagasse, corn cobs, etc, refuse and industrial wastes. The broadscope of properties involved in establishing a test code to cover all solid fuels is, in many respects,beyond the capability of establishing definitive measurements to cover all. However, since coalpredominates as the major source of solid fuels, this code is directed toward establishing criteria forevaluating it as a solid fuel. Application of specific portions of the code to other solid fuels where theyare applicable is subject to agreement as to any instrument or methods which are to be employed.Also, reference is made to other standardizing groups that have developed methods of measurementspecifically for some of the materials named. Use of these instruments is subject to agreement amongthe parties involved. The objective of coal and coke testing may be any one or a combination of thefollowing: (a) Contract specifications; (b) Fuel Handling (Appendix B); (c) Grinding and PulverizingProperties; (d) Combustion Characteristics; (e) Heat and Material Balances; (f) Ash Slagging andDeposition; (g) Environmental Considerations.

1990 - Product No. C02390 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00PTC 3.3, Gaseous FuelsThe Test Code for Gaseous Fuels is intended primarily to specify standard methods for determiningthose chemical and physical properties of gaseous fuels that are required in tests of equipment usingsuch fuels as a source of energy for generating heat or power. The methods and procedures includedin the Code are limited to the following general areas: (a) sampling, (b) chemical composition, (c)moisture content, (d) dust content, (e) calorific values, (f) specific gravity, (g) calculation of physicalproperties from chemical composition, and (h) stoichiometric calculations from chemical composition.The purposes of this Code, gaseous fuels are classified as follows: (a) Gases in which hydrocarbonsare the only FUEL components. Such gases include natural gas, liquefied petroleum gases, andmixtures of these with air or inert components. (b) Gas mixtures containing significant concentrationsof combustible constituents other than, or in addition to hydrocarbons, as well as inert inconcentrations less than 50 per cent by volume. Such gases include coke oven or oil gas. (c) High-inert gases containing 50 per cent or more by volume of inert constituents. Such gases include blastfurnace gas and produce gas.

1969 - Product No. D00038 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00PTC 4, Fired Steam GeneratorsThe rules and instructions presented in this Code apply to fired steam generators. These include coal,oil, and gas fired steam generators as well as steam generators fired by other hydrocarbon fuels. Thescope also includes steam generators with integral fuel-sulfur capture utilizing chemical sorbents.Steam generators which are not fired by coal, oil, or gas may be tested using the concepts of thisCode, but it should be noted that the uncertainty caused by variability of the fuel may be difficult todetermine and is likely to be greater than the uncertainties in sampling and analysis of coal, oil, orgas. Gas turbine heat recovery and other heat recovery steam generators designed to operate withsupplemental firing should be tested in accordance with Performance Test Code (PTC) 4.4, GasTurbine Heat Recovery Steam Generators. This Code does not apply to nuclear steam supplysystems, which are specifically addressed in PTC 32.1, Nuclear Steam Supply Systems. This Codedoes not apply to the performance testing of chemical heat recovery steam generators, municipalwaste fired steam generators, pressurized steam generators with gas side pressure greater than 5atmospheres, or incinerators. Municipal waste fired steam generators can be tested in accordancewith PTC 34, Waste Combustors with Energy Recovery. Testing of auxiliary equipment is notaddressed in this Code, but shall be governed by the following Performance Test Codes which applyspecifically to the equipment in question: PTC 4.2, Coal Pulverizers. PTC 4.3, Air Heaters. PTC 11,Fans. Steam purity and quality shall be tested in accordance with PTC 19.11, Water and Steam in thePower Cycle (Purity and Quality, Leak Detention and Measurement). Methods used by this Code fordetermining emission related parameters, e.g., sulfur retention and flue gas constituents, are notequivalent to methods required by EPA, New Stationary Source Performance Standards, 40CFR60and are not intended to be used for evaluating compliance with those standards or any otherenvironmental regulations. This Code does not prescribe procedures for testing to determine chemicaland physical properties of fuels. Applicable procedures may be found in the PTC 3 series or otherpertinent standards such as those published by ASTM. This Code specifically addresses equipmentused for the generation of steam; however, the basic principles presented are also applicable to otherworking fluids. Certain types and sizes of equipment used for the recovery of heat released bycombustion are not addressed in any specific Performance Test Code. This Code can be used as ageneral guide in developing performance tests for such equipment; however, such specificallydeveloped performance tests shall not be considered ASME Code tests. This Code provides generalprocedures for conducting combustible fuel fired steam generator performance tests; however, itcannot possibly provide detailed procedures applicable to every steam generator design variation.Design variations considered in developing this Code include subcritical and supercritical once-through steam generators and oil, gas, stoker, cyclone, pulverized, and fluidized bed firing. For eachperformance test, a competent engineer must study the actual steam generator and its relation to theremainder of the steam cycle, and develop test procedures which are consistent with this Code. A testreport shall be prepared. See Section 6. Many references provide useful supplemental information inplanning for a performance test in accordance with this Code. Those used most frequently are listedin Section 3.3.

1998 - Product No. C02598 - Price: £140.00/ $210.00/ €210.00PTC 4.2, Coal Pulverizers1.1 Object. The purpose of this code is to establish procedures for conducting performance tests todetermine: 1.1.1 Capacity 1.1.2 Fineness of product 1.1.3 Raw coal feed 1.1.3.1 Grindability 1.1.3.2Moisture 1.1.3.3 Sizing 1.1.4 Power Consumption 1.1.5 Effect of changes in raw coal characteristicson product fineness, pulverizer capacity, and power consumption. 1.1.6 Effect of changes inpulverizer component settings on product fineness, pulverizer capacity, and power consumption. 1.2Scope. This Code applies to the pulverizing system as a whole, including all the component partsnecessary to take the raw coal, hot air and tempering air at the system inlet, and deliver pulverizedcoal in proper mixture with air and/or flue gas at the desired temperature at the outlet of the system.This Code applies to the most commonly used systems. displacement compressors, uniformly

accurate methods of tests are not available under all operating conditions. The Code specificallyrequires the parties to the test to choose from alternate methods described in this Code for conductingsuch tests.

1969 - Product No. C00006 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00PTC 4.3, Air Heaters1.1 Object. The purpose of this Code is to establish procedures for conducting performance tests todetermine: 1.1.1 Gas side efficiency 1.1.2 Air leakage 1.1.3 Other related operating characteristicssuch as: 1.1.3.1 X-Ratio 1.1.3.2 Gas and air pressure loss 1.1.3.3 Gas and air temperature 1.1.4 Adetermination of any or all of the performance items specified above may be necessary for: 1.1.4.1Checking the actual performance against the manufacturer's guarantee 1.1.4.2 Comparing theseitems with a standard of operation 1.1.4.3 Comparing performance when firing different fuels 1.1.4.4Determining the effect of changes to equipment 1.1.4.5 Determining corrections to air heater exit gastemperature caused by variations in inlet air temperature in an efficiency test of a steam generator.1.1.4.6 Obtaining any other pertinent information required. 1.2 Scope. This Code applies specificallyto the regenerative and tubular type air heaters. It also applies to any combustion gas-to-air heatexchangers used in conjunction with a steam generator. 1.3 For the purpose of this Code, the airheater is defined as a heat exchanger used to transfer heat from gases of combustion to combustionair without the use of an intermediate heat transfer fluid. Specifically excluded are the supplementarysteam coil air heater, direct fired air heater and low temperature economizer. However, a separate lowtemperature air heater would be considered part of the air heater installation. 1.4 If the installationconsists of more than one air heater in parallel, all air heaters are included as a unit. However, if theair heaters are in series and have other apparatus in between, then each air heater, or each group ofparallel air heaters, shall be tested individually.

1968 - Product No. D00034 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00PTC 4.4, Gas Turbine Heat Recovery Steam Generators1.1.1 The purpose of this Code is to establish procedures for the conduct and report of tests of heatrecovery steam generators (HRSG) employed in combined cycle installations. Combined cycle, asused herein, shall be interpreted as a gas turbine exhausting into an HRSG, which may or may not bearranged for supplemental firing. This Code provides standard test procedures which will yield resultshaving the highest level of accuracy consistent with current engineering knowledge and practice. 1.2.1The purposes of testing under this Code are the determination of (a) efficiency, or effectiveness, atspecified operating conditions; (b) capacity at specified operating conditions; (c) other relatedoperating characteristics such as steam temperature and control range, inlet gas flow andtemperature; pressure drops in combustion air, gas, steam and water circuits; quality and/or purity ofsteam; and air and bypass stack gas leakage. 1.3.1 The rules and instructions given in this Codeapply to HRSG units employed in combined cycle installations. Units operating with more thanapproximately 40 percent excess air shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of this Code.Units operating with less than approximately 20 percent excess air shall be tested in accordance withPerformance Test Code PTC-4.1, Steam Generating Units. For units operating between 20 percentand 40 percent excess air, guidance as to the preferred test method can be obtained in Appendix 7.1.Orsat analysis is not required for tests performed under this Code. Testing of auxiliary equipment shallbe governed by the Performance Test Code applying specifically to the auxiliary in question. ThisCode is not applicable to solid fuel fired units. The HRSG covered by this Code is encompassed bythe envelope boundary shown in Fig. 1.1.

1981 - Product No. D00043 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00PTC 5, Reciprocating Steam EnginesSection 1, Object and Scope 6 The purpose of a test on a reciprocating steam engines is to verify theguarantees given by the manufacturer of the engine or to determine the performance of a givenengine with regard to one or more of the following objects: (a) The thermal economy characteristics ofthe engine (the heat rate and/or the steam rate). (b) Capacity (indicated, brake and/or kilowatt output).7 Tests made to determine other data or to verify particular guarantees all of which are outside thescope of this code shall be made only after written agreement of both parties to the test regardingmethods and details of tests and computations. 8 This code provides for the carrying out ofacceptance or performance tests and for the computation and tabulation of the results onreciprocating steam engines with no extraction and no reheating. All steam enters at one pressureand leaves at another single pressure. 9 This code applies also to tests for determining theperformance of the engine alone including jackets, if any, or in the case of a direct connectedgenerator, of the engine generator unit when guaranteed on the kilowatt hour basis, apart from theindependently driven auxiliaries which are necessary for the engine's operation.

1949 - Product No. C00022 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00PTC 6, Steam TurbinesThis code may be used for testing of steam turbines operating either with a significant amount ofsuperheat in the initial steam (typically fossil fueled units) or predominantly within the moisture region(typically nuclear fueled units). This code contains rules and procedures for the conduct and reportingof steam turbine testing, including mandatory requirements for pretest arrangements, instruments tobe employed, their application and methods of measurement, testing techniques, and methods ofcalculation of test results. The performance parameters which may be determined from a Code testinclude: (a) heat rate, (b) generator output; (c) steam flow, (d) steam rate, (e) feedwater flow. It alsocontains procedures and techniques required to determine enthalpy valves within the moisture regionand modifications necessary to permit testing within the restrictions of radiological safety requirementsin nuclear plants.

1996 - Product No. C02896 - Price: £88.00/ $132.00/ €132.00PTC 6A, Test Code for Steam Turbines-Appendix to PTC 6.

2001 - Product No. C02900 - Price: £76.00/ $114.00/ €114.00PTC 6S, Procedures for Routine Performance Test of SteamTurbines1.1 Object. The test procedures of this Report are intended for periodic turbine tests and do notsupplant the Code as the basic procedure for turbine acceptance tests. The Code is used for theaccurate testing of steam turbines to obtain performance level with minimum uncertainty. 1.2 Scope.Sections 3 through 5 of this Report present general recommendations for instrumentation and testplanning. These recommendations are based on current industry practice for the periodicdetermination of turbine cycle performance. Section 6 discusses interpretation of test results andshows typical plots of test data for analysis of turbine performance. Sections 7 through 12 present testprocedures for selected types of turbine cycles. Each of these procedures contains specificrecommendations for instrumentation and method for testing a selected turbine type. Although allpossible turbine types are not covered, some typical examples are presented. Combinations of thetypes presented may be used to cover other arrangements For each recommended test procedure,the expected value of repeatability is estimated on the basis of current industry experience. This valueof repeatability must be used to judge the significance of the indicated level of performance ascompared to the chronological trend of past performances (see paragraph 3.8.3 for discussion ofrepeatability.)

1988 - Product No. D04288 - Price: £60.00/ $89.00/ €89.00PTC 6 INT, Steam Turbines-Interpretations 1977-19831.01 This Code specifies the procedures for the accurate testing of steam turbines operating eitherwith superheated inlet steam or predominantly within the moisture region, for the purpose ofdetermining the steam flow, steam rate, heat rate and capability. 1.3 Measurement procedures indifferent types of acoustic environments are included. 1.4 Sound pressure level measurement

19

procedures and sound power level calculation procedures are presented. Generally, sound levels inpredetermined frequency bands are used to evaluate mechanical equipment. Operating conditions,environment, and instrument accuracy are described. Instrumentation limitations and environmentalconditions pertinent to repeatability and accuracy of test data presented. included as conduit type heatexchanger components. While conventional round tubes with circular fins are assumed in this Code,the procedures can be modified by mutual agreement to apply to other surface configurations. Whilethe cooling fluid is restricted to atmospheric air, the tube-side fluid can be any chemical element,compound or mixture, in single phase flow, liquid or gas, or in two phase flow. This Code is writtenunder the assumption that the Air Cooled Heat Exchanger (ACHE) may be tested as having a discreteprocess stream or that only one process fluid stream is being investigated. In other cases,modifications must be made to the procedures presented. Such modifications shall be agreed by theparties to the test. The scope of this Code also includes, directly or by reference, recommendedmethods for obtaining data, measurements, observations, and samples to determine the following: (a)Physical Dimensions (b) Air Flow Rate (c) Air-Side Pressure Differential (d) Fan Driver Power (e)Sound Level (f) Atmospheric Pressure (g) Environmental Effects (h) Wind Velocity (i) AirTemperatures (j) Entering Air Temperature (k) Exit Air Temperature (l) Process Fluid Temperatures(m) Process Fluid Pressures (n) Process Fluid Flow Rate (o) Composition of Process Fluid (p)Percent capability (q) Process Fluid Pressure Drop

1983 - Product No. C00051 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00PTC 6 REPORT, Guidance for Evaluation of MeasurementUncertainty in Performance Tests of Steam Turbines1.01 The object of this Report is to provide guidance for the parties to the test to establish the degreeof uncertainty of the test results when there are deviations from requirements of PTC 6. ed to) of thefollowing quantities or characteristics: (a) simmer-warn pressure (b) opening pressure (c) reseatingpressure (d) blowdown (e) reproducibility of valve performance (f) mechanical characteristics of thevalve as determined by seeing, feeling, or hearing such as: (1) ability to reseat satisfactorily; (2)tightness before and after relieving (see Note); (3) absence or presence of chatter, flutter, sticking,and/or harmful vibration; (4) the ability of the valve to withstand pressure temperature, and otherservice conditions to which it may be subjected; (5) physical measurements as necessary. (g)relieving pressure (h) relieving capacity at test pressure Note: Under certain back-pressure testingconditions, it will not be possible to check tightness. 1.2 This Code is limited so far as flowing fluid isconcerned to steam, gases, and liquids in such states that flashing will not take place. Separateprocedures cover each flowing fluid. 1.3 This Code specifically applies to valves (see para. 0.1). It isnot intended to exclude testing of other types of pressure-relief devices provided all parties to the testinvolved agree to accept the provisions of this Code. 1.4 This Code is applicable to but not limited tothe following types of safety and safety relief valves: spring-loaded; weight-loaded; and pilot-operated. 1.5 This Code is applicable to tests in which the pressure at the valve discharge is either at,or above, atmospheric before the valve opens, or while the valve is relieving. 1.6 This Code onlyapplies to the testing of valves where the pressure and flow capacity of the facility is adequate toconduct test.

1985 - Product No. D04186 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00PTC 7.1, Displacement PumpsThis code provides standard directions for conducting and reporting tests on displacement pumps.The object of the code is to establish rules for conducting tests on pumps to determine, underspecified conditions, one or more of the following quantities: (a) Pump capacity or rate of flow (b)Power input (c) Efficiency (d) Inlet requirements Pumps covered by this code shall be defined asdisplacement pumps that obtain their pumping action by repeated alternate filling and emptying ofvolume elements.

1962 - Product No. D00026 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00PTC 8.2, Centrifugal PumpsPrepared in accordance with ASME PTC 1 on General Instructions, this Code provides standarddirections for conducting and reporting performance tests of centrifugal pumps, including those of themixed flow and axial flow types, hereinafter inclusively covered by the term "pumps." The objective ofthis Code is to establish rules for conducting tests of pumps to determine, under specified conditions,the following characteristics: (a) total head produced by the pump (b) pump capacity (rate of flowthrough the pump) (c) power input to the pump (d) efficiency (e) net positive suction headrequirements of the pump. The above characteristics hereinafter inclusively covered by the term"performance." In addition to the foregoing this Code provides nonmandatory appendices whichprovide additional guidance related to the application of this Code. This Code applies to the testing ofpumps utilizing liquids or mixtures of miscible liquids which have Newtonian viscosity characteristics.

1990 - Product No. C00590 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00PTC 9, Displacement Compressors, Vacuum Pumps and BlowersThe purpose of this Code is to establish rules for conducting tests of displacement compressors,vacuum pumps and blowers to determine the following: (a) Capacity in relation to speed, inletpressure, and discharge pressure. (b) Power consumption in relation to speed, capacity, inletpressure, and intercooling. In addition, the Code provides rules for adjusting the test results toreconcile them with specified operating conditions. This Code applies to the testing of compressorunits when operated under conditions which permit discharging the gas compressed into theatmosphere or into pipe lines or receivers in which the pressure may be maintained essentiallyuniform and free from pulsations. It is intended to cover the compressor only, and is applicable onlywhen the unit is operated without inlet pipe or duct, or when the magnitude and the over-all effect ofpressure waves within an inlet duct fall within limits specified in this code. Because of pulsating flowconditions inherent in displacement compressors, uniformly accurate methods of tests are notavailable under all operating conditions. The Code specifically requires the parties to the test tochoose from alternate methods described in this Code for conducting such tests.

1970 - Product No. C00009 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00PTC 10, Test Code on Compressors and ExhaustersSection 1-Object and Scope 1.1 Object The object of this Code is to provide a test procedure todetermine the thermodynamic performance of an axial or centrifugal compressor or exhauster doingwork on a gas of known or measurable properties under specified conditions. This Code is written toprovide explicit test procedures which will yield the highest level of accuracy consistent with the bestengineering knowledge and practice currently available. Nonetheless, no single universal value of theuncertainty is, or should be, expected to apply to every test. The uncertainty associated with anyindividual PTC 10 test will depend upon practical choices made in terms of instrumentation andmethodology. Rules are provided to estimate the uncertainty for individual tests. 1.2 Scope 1.2.1General. The scope of this Code includes instructions on test arrangement and instrumentation, testprocedure, and methods for evaluation and reporting of final results. Rules are provided forestablishing the following quantities, corrected as necessary to represent expected performanceunder specified operating conditions with the specified gas: (a) quantity of gas delivered (b) pressurerise produced (c) head (d) shaft power required (e) efficiency (f) surge point (g) choke point Otherthan providing methods for calculating mechanical power losses, this Code does not cover rotordynamics or other mechanical performance parameters. 1.2.2 Compressor Arrangements. This Codeis designed to allow the testing of single or multiple casing axial or centrifugal compressors orcombinations thereof, with one or more stages of compression per casing. Procedures are alsoincluded for externally piped intercoolers and for compressors with interstage side load inlets oroutlets. Internally cooled compressors are included provided that test conditions are held nearlyidentical to specified conditions. Compressors, as the name implies, are usually intended to produceconsiderable density change as a result of the compression process. Fans are normally considered to

be air or gas moving devices and are characterized by minimal density change. A distinction betweenthe two at times may be unclear. As a very rough guide, either PTC 10 or PTC 11 may be used formachines falling into the approximate pressure ratio range of 1.05 to 1.2. The methods of PTC 10,which provide for the pronounced effects of density change during compression, have no theoreticallower limit. However, practical considerations regarding achievable accuracy become important inattempting to apply PTC 10 to devices commonly classified as fans. For example, the low temperaturerise associated with fans may lead to large uncertainty in power requirement if the heat balancemethod is chosen. Fans also may require traversing techniques for flow and gas state measurementsdue to the inlet and discharge ducting systems employed. Refer to PTC 11 on Fans for furtherinformation

1997 - Product No. C00497 - Price: £140.00/ $210.00/ €210.00PTC 11, FansObjectives The objectives of this Code are: (a) to provide the rules for testing fans to determineperformance under actual operating conditions; and (b) to provide additional rules for convertingmeasured performance to that which would prevail under specified operating conditions. Scope Thescope of this Code is limited to the testing of fans after they have been installed in the systems forwhich they were intended. However, the same directions can be followed in a laboratory test. (Thelaboratory test performance may not be duplicated by a test after installation because of systemeffects.) The term fan implies that the machine is used primarily for moving air or gas rather thancompression. The distinction between fans, blowers, exhausters, and compressors in commonpractice is rather vague; accordingly, machines that bear any of these names may be tested under theprovisions of this Code. (It is conceivable that these machines can also be tested under the provisionsof PTC 10, Compressors and Exhausters.) This Code does not include procedures for determining fanacoustical characteristics.

1984 - Product No. C05284 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00PTC 12.1, Closed Feedwater HeatersThe object of this Code is to provide the procedures, direction, and guidance for determining theperformance of a close feedwater heater with regard to the following: (a) Terminal TemperatureDifference (TTD), which is the difference between the saturation temperature corresponding to thesteam inlet pressure and the feedwater outlet temperature; (b) Drain Cooler Approach (DCA), which isthe difference between drain outlet temperature and feedwater inlet temperature; (c) tube side(feedwater) pressure loss through the heater; and (d) shell side pressure loss through thedesuperheating zone, and through the drain cooling zone. This Code applies to all horizontal andvertical heaters except those with partial pass drain cooling zones. Designs with partial pass draincooling zones are horizontal heaters with submerged drain cooling zones, and vertical channel-upheaters with drain cooling zones. In those designs, only a portion of the feedwater passes through thedrain cooling zones; therefore, there are two feedwater flow streams with different temperatureprofiles. A feedwater heater is designed to accomplish heat transfer between fluids. The heater designis based on a specific operating condition that includes flow, temperature, and pressure. This specificcondition constitutes the design point that is found on the manufacturer's feedwater heaterspecification sheet. It is not feasible to expect that the test will be conducted at the design point.Therefore, it is necessary to predict the heater performance by adjusting the design parameters forthe test conditions. Methods of calculating the predicted heater performance are presented in theCode. These predicted values shall then be compared to corresponding measured test values.

2000 - Product No. C01300 - Price: £120.00/ $180.00/ €180.00PTC 12.2, Steam Surface CondensersThis Code provides standard directions and rules for conducting and reporting performance tests ofwater-cooled, steam surface condensers, hereafter referred to as condensers. The Code providesexplicit test procedures to yield results of the highest level of accuracy consistent with the bestengineering knowledge and practice currently available. The main purpose of this Code is to providerules for performing condenser acceptance tests. The Code also provides guidelines for the routineperformance evaluation of condensers. The acceptance test can be used to determine compliancewith contractual obligations and can be incorporated into commercial agreements. The test shall beconsidered an ASME Code Test only if the test procedures comply with those detailedrecommendations in this Code and the pretest and post test uncertainty analysis complies withSubsections 1.3 and 5.4.

1998 - Product No. C02698 - Price: £120.00/ $180.00/ €180.00PTC 12.3, Deaerators1.1 Object The purpose of this Code is to provide rules and test procedures that are to be used todetermine the performance of deaerators with regard to the following: (a) residual dissolved oxygen inthe deaerated water, (b) terminal temperature difference (TTD), if any, between the deaerated waterand the saturated steam temperature corresponding to the pressure in the steam zone adjacent to theinterface between the steam and the collected deaerated water. 1.2 Scope 1.2.1 This Code applies todeaerating heaters and deaerators equipped with either shell-and-tube or direct contact, vent-condensing sections.

1997 - Product No. D02397 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00PTC 12.4, Moisture Separator ReheatersThis Code provides the procedures, direction, and guidance for the accurate testing of MoistureSeparator Reheaters (MSRs) which includes moisture separating and steam reheating componentslocated between the high pressure and low pressure steam turbine. The purpose of the Code is todetermine the performance of the MSR and to provide guidance in the evaluation of its performanceeffect on the turbine cycle heat with regard to: (a) Moisture Separator Outlet Quality; (b) ReheaterTerminal Temperature Difference (TTD) per stage; (c) Cycle Steam pressure drop across applicablecomponent(s); and (d) Excess heating steam flow. Requirements are specified by this Code forapplication on MSR testing in the following areas: (a) Pretest arrangements and agreements; (b)Instrumentation types and accuracies; (c) Instrumentation applications and methods of measurement;(d) Testing and calculation techniques; (e) Information contained in the report.

1992 - Product No. C05992 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00PTC 12.5-2000, Single Phase Heat Exchangers

2002 - Product No. C06500 - Price: £124.00/ $186.00/ €186.00PTC 17, Reciprocating Internal-Combustion EnginesThis Code provides rules for testing, and for the computation and tabulation of the results of tests forall types of reciprocating internal combustion engines, in order to determine power and fuelconsumption. The objects of testing under this Code are the determine of: (a) Net power output and(b) 1. Rate of fuel consumption and/or energy input, as defined Section 2. Attention is directed to thefact that energy input is based on the low heat value of the fuel. Application of this Code is limited toengine assemblies as defined in Pars. 1.3.2 and 1.3.3. Code Engine Assembly. In the absence ofspecified stipulations the engine assembly to be tested shall consist of the engine complete withessential apparatus for self sustained continuous operation. Generally these consist of the equipmentrequired for: fuel introduction, air induction, (i.e. scavenging or supercharging), ignition, lubrication,and primary engine and charge air cooling. This is termed the "Code Engine Assembly." generatorunit when guaranteed on the kilowatt hour basis, apart from the independently driven auxiliaries whichare necessary for the engine's operation.

1973 - Product No. C00020 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00PTC 18, Hydraulic Turbines

20

This Code defines procedures for the field performance testing of hydraulic turbines and ofpump/turbines operating in the turbine mode, both referred to herein as turbines. It defines methodsfor ascertaining turbine performance by measuring flow rate (discharge), head and power output tocalculate turbine power output, and efficiency. Requirements are included for pretest arrangements ,types of instruments, methods of measurement, testing procedures, methods of calculation, andcontents of test reports. The specified test procedures are capable of providing a total uncertainty,calculated in accordance with the procedures of PTC 19.1 and those contained in this Code, of notmore than +/- 1.2% of the calculated turbine power output, and +/- 2% of the calculated efficiencyvalue. Any test with uncertainties greater than the above shall not qualify as ASME code test. Wheregood measurement conditions exist and best methodology can be used, smaller uncertainties shouldresult. This Code applies to any size or type of water powered hydraulic turbine. It is particularlyapplicable to hydraulic turbines coupled to electric generators.

1992 - Product No. C01892 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00PTC 18.1, Pumping Mode of Pump/TurbinesThis Code defines procedures for the field performance of the pumping mode of pump turbines. Itdefines methods for ascertaining pump performance by measuring discharge (flow rate), head andpower input to determine efficiency. Requirements are included for pretest arrangements, types ofinstruments, methods of calculation and contents of test reports. The specified test procedures arebelieved to be capable of yielding results of the highest accuracy consistent with the best engineeringknowledge and practice available at the date of this publication.

1978 - Product No. C00044 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00PTC 19.1, Measurement UncertaintyThe scope of this supplement is to specify procedures for evaluation of uncertainties in individual testmeasurements, arising from both random errors and systematic errors, and for the propagation ofrandom and systematic uncertainties into the uncertainty of a test result. The various statistical termsinvolved are defined in the Nomenclature (para. 3.1) and Glossary (para. 3.2). The end result of ameasurement uncertainty analysis is to provide numerical estimates of systematic uncertainties,random uncertainties, and the combination of these into a total uncertainty with an approximateconfidence level.

1998 - Product No. D04598 - Price: £76.00/ $114.00/ €114.00PTC 19.2, Pressure MeasurementThis Instruments and Apparatus Supplement to the ASME Performance Test Codes providesinformation on instrumentation and associated procedures for tests involving measurement pressure.It is intended to promote results consistent with the best engineering knowledge and practice inindustry.

1987 - Product No. D02987 - Price: £72.00/ $108.00/ €108.00PTC 19.3, Temperature MeasurementThe purpose of this document to present a summary discussion of temperature measurement asrelated to Performance Test Code work with particular emphasis on basic sources of error and meansfor coping with them.

1974 - Product No. C00035 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00PTC 19.5, Application Part II Of Fluid Meters: Interim Supplement ToPtc 19.5 On Instruments And ApparatusPart II of this edition of Fluid Meters presents the recommended conditions, procedures and data formeasuring the flow of fluids, particularly with the three principal differential pressure meters: theorifice, the flow nozzle, and the Venturi tube. Included here are the factors and other data that may beneeded in computing the flows, using the equations developed in Part I.

1972 - Product No. G00018 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00PTC 19.5.1, Weighing ScalesWeighting scales suitable for the quantity measurement of materials in connection with power testsare available in a variety of forms which will be discussed in the ensuing text. Although selection of aparticular type, capacity or design of weighting facility may be dictated of suggested by the practicalconditions of intended use, it should be guided also by consideration of several basic factors relatingto the design, construction and performance of weighting scales in general.

1964 - Product No. D00028 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00PTC 19.7, Measurement of Shaft PowerThe object of this Supplement is to describe the function, characteristics, advantages, disadvantages,and accuracy of equipment and techniques currently available for the measurement of shaft power ofrotating machines. Two direct methods of shift power measurement are described. The reactiontorque method utilizes a dynamometer which may supply or absorb shaft power. The other methodutilizes a torque meter which measures torque transmitted between a prime mover and a drivenmachine. There are three general methods available for measurement of rotational speed: (a) Deviceswhich display, indicate, or record a number of revolutions within a known time interval. (b) Deviceswhich display, indicate, or record time averaged rotational speed. (c) Devices which continuouslyrecord instantaneous angular velocity. Reference 12 (Appendix D) contains a complete description oftypes, methods, and classification of rotational speed measuring devices. The scope does not includeoperating instructions for specific measurement apparatus.

1980 - Product No. D00009 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00PTC 19.8, Measurement of Indicated PowerThis Supplement of the Performance Test Codes treats the direct measurement of indicated power ofpiston engines and compressors by use of the engine indicator. Types of indicators may be dividedinto three distinct classes which are treated in the following chapters: Chapter 2- MechanicalIndicators Chapter 3- Balanced Pressure Indicating Systems Chapter 4- Electronic Indicating SystemsThere are three general methods available for measurement of rotational speed: (a) Devices whichdisplay, indicate, or record a number of revolutions within a known time interval. (b) Devices whichdisplay, indicate, or record time averaged rotational speed. (c) Devices which continuously recordinstantaneous angular velocity. Reference 12 (Appendix D) contains a complete description of types,methods, and classification of rotational speed measuring devices. The scope does not includeoperating instructions for specific measurement apparatus.

1970 - Product No. D00008 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00PTC 19.10, Flue and Exhaust Gas AnalysesPresented are descriptions of methods, apparatus, and calculations which are used in conjunctionwith Performance Test Codes to determine quantitatively, the gaseous constituents of exhaustsresulting from stationary combustion sources. The gases covered by this PTC Supplement areoxygen, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, nitrogen, sulfur dioxide, sulfur trioxide, nitric oxide, nitrogendioxide, hydrogen sulfide, and hydrocarbons. Stationary combustion sources include steamgenerators, gas turbines, internal combustion engines, incinerators, etc. Many methods are availablefor measuring the constituents in flue and exhaust gases. This PTC Supplement describes in detailthe most commonly used instrumentation and analytical procedures used for flue and exhaust gasanalyses. Included are instrumental methods as well as (normally, wet chemical) methods. Theinstrumental methods include instruments used for non continuous or continuous sampling usingextractive samples and in-situ type instruments that require no sampling system.

1981 - Product No. C00031 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00

PTC 19.11, Steam and Water Sampling, Conditioning, and Analysisin the Power CycleScope 1.1 Object The Object of this Supplement is to specify and discuss the methods andinstrumentation for testing boiler make-up and feedwater, steam, and condensate in relation toperformance testing as may be required in Performance Test Codes in one-time acceptance testingand in continuous performance monitoring. This Supplement also provides guidance to power plantmanagement, engineers, chemists, and operators in the design and operation of sampling systems formonitoring of cycle chemistry. The methods and equipment recommended herein may be useful formonitoring other influent and effluent streams of the power plant. Contamination of the stream andwater cycle must be at or less than the maximum specified for the performance test before a turbine,condenser, or deaerator performance test is made.

1997 - Product No. D01197 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00PTC 19.14, Linear MeasurementsThe instrument to be used to obtain the linear dimension of an object will depend on its contour and/orlocation and the degree of accuracy desired. Rules, scales, tapes, calipers, depth gages, etc, areused for such measurements. Some of them are direct measuring instruments and others arecomparison instruments which must be referred to appropriate standards or direct measuringinstruments. The linear dimensions of practically any object are subject to variation depending on thetemperature of the object. All standards of length are calibrated at 68F (20C) and all measuringinstruments are intended to be correct within manufacturing limits at that temperature. At any othertemperature they are necessarily some other size, but if the measuring instrument and object to bemeasured are of the same material they will change equal amounts at temperatures other than 68Fand no error will be introduced. For dissimilar materials only the difference in expansion or contractionbetween the measuring instrument and the measured object need be taken into account.

1958 - Product No. D00014 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00PTC 19.22, Digital Systems TechniquesThe purpose of this Supplement is to define the scope and application of digital system techniques forimplementing data acquisition, calculations, and results presentation for use with ASME PerformanceTest Codes. This Supplement incorporates instrumentation practices covered by other Instrumentsand Apparatus Supplements (PTC 19 Series). The Supplement is based on the use of digital systemscovering a wide range of capability from simple data gathering equipment to multipurpose on line oroff line data processing digital systems. The justification for using digital techniques may be derivedfrom a variety of reasons either chosen by or forced on the user by the unique circumstancessurrounding the user. Among the benefits to be derived from applying these techniques are: (a)savings in testing costs by reduction in man power, length of test, amount of testing equipment, andcomputational time; (b) improvement in accuracy and reliability of results; (c) standardized methodsand procedures; (d) simplified documentation for test; (e) providing uniform implementation of ASMEPerformance Test Code measurements; (f) providing current pretest reasonability check of data andinstrumentation; (g) determining steady state conditions for test initiation and potential and potentialimpact on test results; visibility of data during the test (h) improved visibility of data during the testperiod.

1986 - Product No. C05486 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00PTC 19.23, Guidance Manual for Model TestingTo prepare a compendium of techniques and methods for model testing. This general procedure is toserve as a guide for the design and application of models by those concerned with the extension orsupplementation of prototype tests of equipment and apparatus coming under the aegis of the ASMEPerformance Test Codes Committee. Where there are test codes in existence covering specificequipment, the guiding principles, instruments and methods of measurement from such codes shallbe used with only such modifications as become necessary by virtue of the fact that a model is beingtested instead of a prototype. Where models of components, systems, etc. are involved, and no testcodes covering these are in existence, guiding principles and methods of measurement may berequested from this Committee (PTC 19.23). A model is a device, machine, structure or system whichcan be used to predict the behavior of an actual and similar device, machine, structure or systemwhich is called the prototype. A physical model may be smaller than, the same size as, or larger thanthe prototype. Initially, the Committee will consider only physical models for those prototypes coveredby the Performance Test Codes Committee.

1980 - Product No. C00047 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00PTC 20.1, Speed and Load-Governing Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator UnitsTo establish test procedures for determining performance characteristics of speed and load governingsystems applicable to the equipment covered under this Code. These performance characteristicsinclude: (1) Adjustable Speed Functions (a) Speed/Load Changer Minimum Speed Holding Level (b)Other Speed Holding Levels (c) Acceleration Control (d) Speed/Load Changer Low Speed Limit (e)Speed/Load Changer High Speed Limit (f) Synchronizing Speed Range (g) Maximum Speed at RatedPower (2) Speed-State Speed Regulation (3) Steady-State Incremental Speed Regulation (4) DeanBand (5) Steady-State Governing Speed Brand (6) Steady-State Governing Load Brand (7) Responseand Settling Time (8) Overspeed (9) Speed/Load Changer Governing System Reference ReducingTime To establish a format and procedures for describing the system performance by means of thetest quantities obtained under Par. 1.01. This Code is applicable to the testing of speed and loadgoverning systems for steam turbine generator units with the steam turbines classified as follow: (a)Straight condensing, straight noncondensing and regenerative turbines without initial and/or exhauststeam pressure control, including reheat turbines. (b) Straight condensing, straight noncondensingand regenerative turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam pressure control, including reheat turbines.(c) Automatic extraction and mixed-pressure turbines, in conjunction with PTC 20.3, Pressure ControlSystems Used on Steam Turbine-Generator Units.

1977 - Product No. C00019 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00PTC 20.2, Overspeed Trip Systems of Steam Turbine-GeneratorUnits0.01 This Code is applicable to steam turbine generator units of 500 kw and larger and provides:0.01.1 Recommended specifications for the performance of overspeed trip systems subject tomodifications by mutual agreement between the parties concerned and 0.01.2 Standard proceduresfor acceptance tests to determine the performance of overspeed trip systems. The purposes of thisCode are: 1.01 To establish guiding principles and specifications for overspeed trip systems that willapply to the equipment covered under this Code. 1.02 To establish test procedures to determine thefollowing characteristics of overspeed trip systems: 1.02.1 Setting of overspeed trip 1.02.2 Short termdeviation of trip speed. 1.02.3 Long term deviation of trip speed. 1.02.4 Signal transmission delaytime. 1.02.5 Emergency stop valve(s) closing time. 1.03 To determine over all system performancefrom data obtained under Par 1.02.

1965 - Product No. C00041 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00PTC 20.3, Pressure Control Systems used on Steam TurbineGenerator UnitsThe purposes of this Code are: 1.01 To establish guiding principles and provide a format forperformance specifications for pressure control systems applicable to the equipment covered underthis Code. 1.02 To establish test procedures for determining performance characteristics of thesubject pressure control systems including: 1.02.1 Pressure set point range. 1.02.2 Rate of change ofpressure set point. 1.02.3 Steady state pressure regulation. 1.02.4 Transient response characteristics.1.02.5 Steady state frequency response. 1.02.6 Dead band and hysteretic error. 1.02.7 Stability band.

21

1.02.8 Interaction between the variables in a compound control system. 1.03 To establish a procedurefor describing the system performance by means of test quantities obtained under Par. 1.02 and thesystem transfer functions.

1970 - Product No. C00027 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00PTC 21, Particulate Matter Collection EquipmentThe object of test is to determine the performance characteristics of equipment designed to collectparticulate matter from a gas steam. This Code specifies methods for determining the performance ofthe equipment with regard to the following: (a) overall mass collection efficiency of the equipment; (b)particulate matter concentration at inlet and outlet of collector; (c) efficiency of collection according tosize of particle; (d) resistance to gas flow, i.e., the total pressure drop across the equipment; (e)quantity of gas passing through the equipment; and (f) power consumption of the collectionequipment. 1.2 The rules and instructions included in this Code are for the particulate mattercollection equipment proper, as indicated by para. 1.1. If the scope of the test includes any auxiliaryapparatus, it will be necessary to consult other ASME codes, as applicable. 1.3 The determination ofthe particulate matter count, extensively used as a measure of atmospheric particulate matterpollution, is outside the scope of this Code.

1991 - Product No. D02191 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00PTC 22, Performance Test Code on Gas Turbines1.2 Scope 1.2.1 This Code provides for the testing of gas turbines supplied with gaseous or liquidfuels (or solid fuels converted to liquid or gas prior to entrance to the gas turbine). Tests of gasturbines with water or steam injection for emission control and/or power augmentation are included. Itmay be applied to gas turbines in combined-cycle power plants or with other heat recovery systems.1.2.2 This Code is not applicable to gas turbines used for aircraft propulsion or to free piston powerplants. 1.2.3 Compliance testing for gas turbines in the areas of stack emissions and sound levels isnot covered by this Code. Procedures developed by regulatory agencies, ANSI, or other PTCCommittees are available to govern the conduct of such testing. 1.2.4 The determination of data of aresearch nature or other special data is not covered by this Code.

1997 - Product No. C01597 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00PTC 23, Atmospheric Water Cooling Equipment1.1 The objectives of this Code are to procedures for the accurate testing and evaluation of theperformance of mechanical and natural draft cooling towers. Under good, stable testing conditions,uncertainties of less 2.5 % can be obtained. 1.2 The scope of this Code includes the procedure to beused and the instrumentation required to obtain the following measurements: (a) circulating water flowentering the tower (b) hot water temperature to the tower (c) cold water temperature leaving the tower(d) wet bulb temperature of the air entering the tower (e) dry bulb temperature of the air entering thetower (f) wet bulb temperature of ambient air (g) dry bulb temperature of ambient air (h) makeup waterflow (i) makeup water temperature (j) blowdown water flow (k) blowndown water temperature (l) fandriver power (m) wind velocity (n) atmospheric pressure (o) water analysis (p) tower pumping head (q)air flow through the tower (r) exhaust air wet bulb temperature (s) exhaust air dry bulb temperature (t)measurement of drift losses (u) sound level

1986 - Product No. C05586 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00PTC 24, Ejectors1.01 The Code provides standard directions and rules for the conducting and reporting of tests onsingle or multi-stage ejector units. 1.02 The primary object of the test measurements described hereinis to establish: (a) Ejector capacity in relation to suction pressure (b) Discharge pressure in relation tosuction pressure (c) The flow rate of the motive fluid in relation to a stipulated pressure andtemperature (d) The ejector stability; i.e. the relation of motive fluid pressure or the discharge pressureto breakdown and recovery of the pumping action 1.03 The Code rules and procedures are intendedprimarily for the test of ejectors in which the motive fluid is steam. They may be used, however, withany motive fluid for which the physical properties are completely and reliably known. See Section 3,Par.3.01. 1.04 The instructions and capacity measurements provide for tests where the suction fluidpumped is air, water vapor, or other gases for which the physical and thermodynamic properties areknown. A procedure is provided for tests on gas mixtures in which the components can be separatelymeasured and controlled. 1.05 If the motive fluid is steam or other condensable vapor, it shall be dry(without any moisture). The Code does not cover two-phase fluids. exhaust steam pressure control,including reheat turbines. (b) Straight condensing, straight noncondensing and regenerative turbineswith initial and/or exhaust steam pressure control, including reheat turbines. (c) Automatic extractionand mixed-pressure turbines, in conjunction with PTC 20.3, Pressure Control Systems Used onSteam Turbine-Generator Units.

1976 - Product No. C00010 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00PTC 25, Pressure Relief DevicesThis code provides instructions for flow capacity testing and in-service and bench testing. Testing ofreclosing and nonreclosing pressure relief devices is conducted under various inlet and outletconditions using steam, gases, and liquids for which valid physical properties are known.

2001 - Product No. C06101 - Price: £60.00/ $90.00/ €90.00PTC 26, Speed Governing Systems for Internal Combustion EngineGenerator Units1.01 The purpose of this code is to establish rules and procedures for the conduct of tests todetermine the following speed governing characteristics of internal combustion engine generatorunits. (a) Steady state speed regulation (b) Range of adjustment of steady state speed regulation (c)Steady state incremental speed regulation (d) Speed governing stability: (1) Steady state governingspeedband (2) Momentary overspeed (3) Momentary underspeed (4) Recovery time (e) Range ofadjustment of speed. 1.02 This code does not cover the testing of emergency or overspeedgovernors.

1962 - Product No. D00027 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00PTC 28, Determining the Properties of Fine Particulate Matter1.01 The object of the test shall be to determine various physical and chemical properties of dust. ThisCode provides procedures for determining these properties and defines the terminology to be used instating these properties. 1.03 This Code excludes the methods to be employed in obtaining thesamples of dust to be tested. It shall be assumed that the samples of gas borne from a duct shall betaken in accordance with the Test Code for Determining Dust Concentration in a Gas Stream (PTC27-1957). It is recommended that samples should not be obtained from a large bulk of material in ahopper, silo, or from a similar location. If it is necessary to take samples from such a location due tothe design of the particular unit being tested, the samples shall be taken by such procedures as willinsure their being representative of the whole. In either case, the methods to be employed shall bedefined in a written agreement between all parties to the test. 1.1.4.5 Determining corrections to airheater exit gas temperature caused by variations in inlet air temperature in an efficiency test of asteam generator. 1.1.4.6 Obtaining any other pertinent information required. 1.2 Scope. This Codeapplies specifically to the regenerative and tubular type air heaters. It also applies to any combustiongas-to-air heat exchangers used in conjunction with a steam generator. 1.3 For the purpose of thisCode, the air heater is defined as a heat exchanger used to transfer heat from gases of combustion tocombustion air without the use of an intermediate heat transfer fluid. Specifically excluded are thesupplementary steam coil air heater, direct fired air heater and low temperature economizer.However, a separate low temperature air heater would be considered part of the air heaterinstallation. 1.4 If the installation consists of more than one air heater in parallel, all air heaters areincluded as a unit. However, if the air heaters are in series and have other apparatus in between, theneach air heater, or each group of parallel air heaters, shall be tested individually.

1965 - Product No. D00030 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00PTC 29, Speed Governing Systems for Hydraulic Turbine GeneratorUnits1.01 The purpose of this Code is to establish rules and procedure for the conduct of tests todetermine the following commonly specified speed governing characteristics of turbine generator unitgovernor systems: (a) Speed droop (b) Deadband (c) Blade-control deadband (d) Dead time (e) Timeelement (f) Servomotor cushioning time (g) Stability indexes (h) Speed changer governing range (i)Speed changer synchronizing range (j) Speed changer load reducing time (k) Hand control gateclosing time (l) Oil pump capacity. 1.02 This code is applicable to the testing of governor systems forhydraulic turbine generator units furnished with hydraulic turbines which are classified as follows: (a)Impulse turbines with governor control of (1) Deflectors (2) Deflectors and jets (b) Francis turbines (c)Fixed blade propeller turbines (d) Adjustable blade propeller turbines with governor control of wicketgates and runner blades. 1.03 Included within the scope of this code are rules and procedures forshop tests to determine the following characteristics of hydraulic turbine governors: (a) Speed droop(b) Deadband (c) Speed-changer governing range (d) Speed changer synchronizing range (e) Speedchanger load reducing time (f) Oil pump capacity. 1.04 The testing of various protective andsupervisory devices is not within the scope of this code.

1965 - Product No. C00040 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00PTC 30, Air Cooled Heat ExchangersThe object of this Code is to provide uniform methods and procedures for testing the thermodynamicand fluid mechanical performance of air cooled heat exchangers, and for calculating adjustments tothe test results to design conditions for comparison with the guarantee as defined in para. 5.9.4. Thescope of this Code covers, but is not limited to, the testing of mechanical draft heat exchangers, ofboth the forced draft and induced draft types, natural draft heat exchangers, and fan assisted naturaldraft heat exchangers. From a heat transfer surface standpoint, this Code covers all tube bundleorientations, including: vertical, horizontal, and slanted conduit heat exchangers. Both bare surfacesand finned surfaces are included as conduit type heat exchanger components. While conventionalround tubes with circular fins are assumed in this Code, the procedures can be modified by mutualagreement to apply to other surface configurations. While the cooling fluid is restricted to atmosphericair, the tube-side fluid can be any chemical element, compound or mixture, in single phase flow, liquidor gas, or in two phase flow. This Code is written under the assumption that the Air Cooled HeatExchanger (ACHE) may be tested as having a discrete process stream or that only one process fluidstream is being investigated. In other cases, modifications must be made to the procedurespresented. Such modifications shall be agreed by the parties to the test. The scope of this Code alsoincludes, directly or by reference, recommended methods for obtaining data, measurements,observations, and samples to determine the following: (a) Physical Dimensions (b) Air Flow Rate (c)Air-Side Pressure Differential (d) Fan Driver Power (e) Sound Level (f) Atmospheric Pressure (g)Environmental Effects (h) Wind Velocity (i) Air Temperatures (j) Entering Air Temperature (k) Exit AirTemperature (l) Process Fluid Temperatures (m) Process Fluid Pressures (n) Process Fluid FlowRate (o) Composition of Process Fluid (p) Percent capability (q) Process Fluid Pressure Drop

1991 - Product No. C00057 - Price: £76.00/ $114.00/ €114.00PTC 31, Ion Exchange EquipmentThis Code defines the procedures for the accurate testing of ion exchange equipment for the purposeof determining level of performance. This test Code applies to ion exchange equipment and systemsthat are utilized for: (a) The conditioning of makeup, feedwater and/or steam condensate in aconventional fossil fuel cycle. (b) The conditioning of makeup, feedwater and/or steam condensate ina nuclear cycle, primary coolant purification, core-bypass purification and use in waste managementsystems. (c) The conditioning of process waters. Ion exchange systems will typically consist of allequipment, including service, regeneration and resin storage vessels; and includes all piping, pumps,valves, controls, instrumentation and ion exchange resins. This Code applies to the performance ofion exchange equipment at design, minimum or maximum flow rates, depending on the purpose of thetest, with regard to one or more of the following: (a) Water quality, influent and effluent (b) pressuredrop, flow and temperature (c) Operating ion exchange capacity (d) Regeneration efficiency (e) resinvolume and testing (f) Backwash and rinse properties (g) Regenerant purity and solutionconcentrations (h) Resin transfer equipment

1972 - Product No. C00016 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00PTC 32.1, Nuclear Steam Supply Systems1.01 The purpose of this Code is to establish procedures for conducting tests to determine the thermalperformance of a nuclear steam supply system as a unit. These tests include capacity, reactor powerlevel, efficiency, and other related operating characteristics such as steam pressure, moisture content,and solids in the steam.

1969 - Product No. C00012 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00PTC 33, Large Incinerators1.4 Instructions are given for two (2) acceptable methods of testing incineration systems to determinecapacity and efficiency. Method one is the direct measurement of input and output, hereinafterreferred to as the "input-output" method. Method two is the measurement of heat liberation and ishereinafter referred to as the "heat balance" method. The method followed in conducting the testsshall be clearly defined in the report. 1.4.1 The "input-output" method requires the accuratemeasurement of the quantity and higher heating values (HHV) of the waste and supplementary fuel,heat credits, heat absorbed by the working fluid (or fluids), the residue, the dust, and the heattransmitted by radiation and convection. 1.4.2 The "heat balance" method requires the accuratedetermination of the quantities and higher heating values of the waste and supplementary fuel, heatlosses, heat credits, quantity, and heat content of the residue.

1978 - Product No. C00046 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00PTC 33A, Appendix To PTC 33-1978This is the appendix to the performance test code PTC 33-1978.

1980 - Product No. C0046A - Price: £19.00/ $28.00/ €28.00PTC 36, Measurement of Industrial Sound1.1 This Code's purpose is to describe procedures for measuring and reporting airborne soundemissions from mechanical equipment. 1.2 Outlined measurement procedures can be used todetermine compliance with specified acoustical criteria. 1.3 Measurement procedures in differenttypes of acoustic environments are included. 1.4 Sound pressure level measurement procedures andsound power level calculation procedures are presented. Generally, sound levels in predeterminedfrequency bands are used to evaluate mechanical equipment. Operating conditions, environment, andinstrument accuracy are described. Instrumentation limitations and environmental conditions pertinentto repeatability and accuracy of test data presented.

1985 - Product No. C00053 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00PTC 38, Determining the Concentration of Particulate Matter in aGas StreamThe Test object is to determine the weight rate of flow of particulate matter carried in a gas streamconfined in a duct or stack. The test object is accomplished by (a) measurement of average weightconcentrations of particulate matter in the gas stream, and (b) determination of total gas flow rate.Data thus obtained may be utilized for such purposes as the performance evaluation of gas cleaningapparatus systems, compliance testing in conjunction with emission control and performanceregulations promulgated by regulatory agencies, etc. 1.21 Concentration of Particulate Matter ThisCode prescribes methods for measuring the average weight concentration of particulate matter

22

carried in a gas stream. Measurement on any other basis (e.g., particle count, dust spot, opacity, etc.)is beyond the scope of this Code. 1.23 Particle Size Measurement The scope of this Code does notinclude the measurement of particle size distribution. Test procedures for this purpose are containedin ASME Performance Test Code 28.

1980 - Product No. C00049 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00PTC 39.1, Condensate Removal Devices for Steam Systems1.01 This Code covers devices used in removing condensate and non-condensibles from steamsystems. It covers devices used for intermittent or continuous removal of fluids such as steam traps,orifices and valves. 1.02 The purpose of this Code is to specify and define the practice of conductingtests of condensate removal devices to determine: (a) Condensate discharge capacity, for specifiedconditions of saturated and subcooled condensate and back pressure. (b) Steam loss, under specifiedconditions.

1980 - Product No. C00048 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00PTC 40, Flue Gas Desulfurization UnitsThe object is to establish standard procedures for the conduct and reporting of performance tests offlue gas desulfurization systems. The performance of a flue gas desulfurization system (FGDS) isdefined to be the characterization of inputs and outputs (see Fig 1.1). This may include, but is notnecessarily limited to, the following: (a) percent SO removal (%R) (b) Reagent Ratio (RR1 or RRR) (c)energy/power consumption (d) water consumption and characterization (e) reagent consumption andcharacterization (f) waste/by product production and characterization (g) Available and Reliability.Availability and reliability of the FGDS are not within the scope of this Code.

1991 - Product No. C05891 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00PTC 42, Wind TurbinesThe primary objective of this Code is to compare the net amount of electrical energy produced by theWT during a given period of time to the predicated test energy for the same period and same windspeed histogram. This Code specifies the methods, procedures, and instrumentation for the fieldtesting and reporting of WT performance. These procedures and practices were specifically compiledfor WTs of 100 kW or more, but are applicable to all sizes.

1988 - Product No. C05688 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00PTC 46, Overall Plant Performance1.2 Scope This Code applies to any plant size. It can be used to measure the performance of a plantin its normal operating condition, with all equipment in a clean and fully-functional condition. ThisCode provides explicit methods and procedures for combined-cycle power plants and for most gas,liquid, and solid fueled Rankine cycle plants. There is no intent to restrict the use of this Code forother types of heat-cycle power plants, providing the explicit procedures can be met. It does not,however, apply to simple-cycle gas turbine power plants (see ASME PTC 22 instead). The scope ofthis Code begins for a gas turbine based power generating unit when a heat-recovery steamgenerator is included within the test boundary. To test a particular power plant or cogeneration facility,the following conditions must be met. (a) a means must be available to determine, through eitherdirect or indirect measurements, all of the heat inputs entering the test boundary and all of theelectrical power and secondary outputs leaving the test boundary; (b) a means must be available todetermine, through either direct or indirect measurements, all of the parameters to correct the resultsfrom the test to the base reference condition; (c) the test result uncertainties are expected to be lessthan or equal to the uncertainties given in Subsection 1.3 for the applicable plant type; and (d) theworking fluid for vapor cycles must be steam. This restriction is imposed only to the extent that otherfluids may require measurements or measurement methods different from those provided by thisCode for steam cycles. In addition, this Code does not provide specific references for the properties ofworking fluids other than steam. Tests addressing other power plant performance related issues areoutside the scope of this Code. These include the following: emissions tests: testing to verifycompliance with regulatory emissions levels (e.g., airborne gaseous and particulate, solid andwastewater, noise, etc.), or required for calibration and certification of emission-monitoring systems.operational demonstration tests: the various standard power plant tests typically conducted duringstartup, or periodically thereafter, to demonstrate specified operating capabilities (e.g. , minimum loadoperation, automatic load control and load ramp rate, fuel switching capability, etc.). Reliability tests:tests conducted over an extended period of days or weeks to demonstrate the capability of the powerplant to produce a specified minimum output level or availability. The measurement methods,calculations, and corrections to design conditions included herein may be of use in designing tests ofthis type; however, this Code does not address this type of testing in terms of providing explicit testingprocedures or acceptance criteria.

1996 - Product No. C06496 - Price: £200.00/ $300.00/ €300.00PTC PM, Performance Monitoring Guidelines for Steam PowerPlants1.2 Scope- The scope includes fossil fueled steam plants and the balance of plant portion of nuclearpower plants. The guidelines include performance monitoring concepts, a description of variousmethods available, and means for evaluating particular applications. The guidelines provideprocedures for validation and interpretation of data, determination of performance characteristics andtrends, determination of sources of performance problems, analysis of the performance in relation tothe process, determination of losses due to degradation, possible corrective actions, and performanceoptimization. The guidelines provide the necessary information for implementing a performancemonitoring program, using either an automated or a manual data acquisition system.

1993 - Product No. C06093 - Price: £76.00/ $114.00/ €114.00

PIPINGA13.1, Scheme For The Identification Of Piping SystemsThis Standard is intended to establish a common system to assist in identification of hazardousmaterials conveyed in piping systems and their hazards when released in the environment. Thisscheme concerns identification of contents of piping systems in industrial and power plants. It is alsorecommended for the identification of piping systems used in commercial and institutionalinstallations, and in buildings used for public assembly. It does not apply to pipes buried in the groundnor to electrical conduits.

1996 - Product No. L03396 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B31.1, Power PipingThis code prescribes minimum reguirements for the design, materials, fabrication, erection, test, andinspection of power and auxiliary service piping systems for electric generation stations, industrialinstitutional plants, central and district heating plants. The code covers boiler external piping for powerboilers and high temperature, high pressure water boilers in which steam or vapor is generated at apressure of more than 15 PSIG; and high temperature water is generated at pressures exceeding 160PSIG and/or temperatures exceeding 250 degrees F.

2001 - Product No. A05801 - Price: £168.00/ $252.00/ €252.00B31.2, Fuel Gas PipingThis Code covers the design, fabrication, installation, and the testing of piping systems for fuel gasesused in buildings and between buildings, from the outlet of the meter to the first pressure valve. Note:This Code was withdrawn as an American National standard in 1968. A portion of the B31.2 Coderequirements have been incorporated into B31.8


B31.3, Process PipingRules for piping typically found in petroleum refineries; chemical, pharmaceutical, textile, paper,semiconductor, and cryogenic plants; and related processing plants and terminals. This codeprescribes requirements for materials and components, design, fabrication, assembly, erection,examination, inspection, and testing of piping. This Code applies to piping for all fluids including: (1)raw, intermediate, and finished chemicals; (2) petroleum products; (3) gas, steam, air and water; (4)fluidized solids; (5) refrigerants; and (6) cryogenic fluids. Also included is piping which interconnectspieces or stages within a packaged equipment assembly.

2002 - Product No. A03702 - Price: £180.00/ $270.00/ €270.00B31.4, Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbonsand Other LiquidsThis Code prescribes requirements for the design, materials, construction, assembly, inspection, andtesting of piping transporting liquids such as crude oil, condensate, natural gasoline, natural gasliquids, liquefied petroleum gas, carbon dioxide, liquid alcohol, liquid anhydrous ammonia and liquidpetroleum products between producers' lease facilities, tank farms, natural gas processing plants,refineries, stations, ammonia plants, terminals (marine, rail and truck) and other delivery and receivingpoints. Piping consists of pipe, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, relief devices, fittings and thepressure containing parts of other piping components. It also includes hangers and supports, andother equipment items necessary to prevent overstressing the pressure containing parts. It does notinclude support structures such as frames of buildings, buildings stanchions or foundationsRequirements for offshore pipelines are found in Chapter IX. Also included within the scope of thisCode are: (A) Primary and associated auxiliary liquid petroleum and liquid anhydrous ammonia pipingat pipeline terminals (marine, rail and truck), tank farms, pump stations, pressure reducing stationsand metering stations, including scraper traps, strainers, and prover loop; (B) Storage and workingtanks including pipe-type storage fabricated from pipe and fittings, and piping interconnecting thesefacilities; (C) Liquid petroleum and liquid anhydrous ammonia piping located on property which hasbeen set aside for such piping within petroleum refinery, natural gasoline, gas processing, ammonia,and bulk plants; (D) Those aspects of operation and maintenance of liquid pipeline systems relating tothe safety and protection of the general public, operating company personnel, environment, propertyand the piping systems.

1998 - Product No. A03898 - Price: £78.00/ $116.00/ €116.00B31.5, Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer ComponentsThis Code prescribes requirements for the materials, design, fabrication, assembly, erection, test, andinspection of refrigerant, heat transfer components, and secondary coolant piping for temperatures aslow as -320øF (-196øC), whether erected on the premises or factory assembled, except asspecifically excluded in the following paragraphs. Users are advised that other piping Code Sectionsmay provide requirements for refrigeration piping in their respective jurisdictions. This Code shall notapply to: (a) any self- contained or unit systems subject to the requirements of UnderwritersLaboratories or other nationally recognized testing laboratory: (b) water piping; (c) piping designed forexternal or internal gage pressure not exceeding 15 psi (105 kPa) regardless of size; or (d) pressurevessels, compressors, or pumps, but does include all connecting refrigerant and secondary coolantpiping starting at the first joint adjacent to such apparatus.

2001 - Product No. A04001 - Price: £78.00/ $117.00/ €117.00B31.8, Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping SystemsThis Code covers the design, fabrication, installation, inspection, testing, and safety aspects ofoperation and maintenance of gas transmission and distribution systems, including gas pipelines, gascompressor stations, gas metering and regulation stations, gas mains, and service lines up to theoutlet of the customers meter set assembly. Included within the scope of this Code are gastransmission and gathering pipelines, including appurtenances, that are installed offshore for thepurpose of transporting gas from production facilities to onshore locations; gas storage equipment ofthe closed pipe type, fabricated or forged from pipe or fabricated from pipe and fittings, and gasstorage lines.

2000 - Product No. A04599 - Price: £104.00/ $156.00/ €156.00B31.9, Building Services PipingThis Code Section has rules for the piping in industrial, institutional, commercial and public buildings,and multi-unit residences, which does not require the range of sizes, pressures, and temperaturescovered in B31.1. This Code prescribes requirements for the design, materials, fabrication,installation, inspection, examination and testing of piping systems for building services. It includespiping systems in the building or within the property limits.

1996 - Product No. A11696 - Price: £64.00/ $96.00/ €96.00B31.11, Slurry Transportation Piping SystemsCovers piping systems that transport aqueous slurries of nonhazardous materials, such as coal,mineral ores and other solids between a slurry processing plant and the receiving plant.

1989 - Product No. A12489 - Price: £64.00/ $95.00/ €95.00B31G, Manual: Determining Remaining Strength of CorrodedPipelines:Supplement To B31 Code-Pressure PipingThis Manual can be used to determine remaining strength of corroded pipeline systems constructed toB31.4, B31.8 and B31.11 Codes only. The Manual cannot be used with B31.1, B31.2, B31.3, B31.5 orB31.9


PLUMBINGA112.1.2, Air Gaps in Plumbing SystemsThis Standard identifies the definitions, dimensions, methods of measurement and methods ofproviding air gaps for plumbing fixtures and water receptors. structures which are typically other thanresidential.

1991 - Product No. J04191 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00A112.1.3, Air Gap Fittings for Use With Plumbing Fixtures,Appliances, and Appurtenances1.1. Scope This Standard establishes physical requirements and methods of testing for air gap fittingsfor protecting against back siphonage and back pressure backflow.

2000 - Product No. J15500 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00A112.3.1, Performance Standard Installation Procedures StainlessSteel Drainage System Sanitary Storm Chemical ApplicThis Standard covers performance and installation requirements for socket-type, seam-weldedstainless steel pipe, fittings, joints, and drains for use in plumbing sanitary and storm drain, waste, andvent(DMV), and chemical waste systems.

1993 - Product No. J13693 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.3.4, Macerating Toilet Systems And Related ComponentsThis Standard establishes physical, performance, and testing requirements applicable to maceratingtoilet systems and related components. Such systems are intended to collect waste from a singlewater closet, lavatory, and/or bathtub located in the same room, and grind and pump these maceratedwastes to some point in the sanitary drainage system. The macerating system is comprised of three

23

major components: (a) A container that houses the operating mechanisms; (b) A pressure chamberthat automatically or manually activates and deactivates the induction motor; and (c) An inductionmotor that drives the shredder blades and pump assembly, which permitted to be combined into asingle unit. The use of alternative materials or methods is permitted, provided it can be demonstratedthat such alternatives comply with the performance requirements of this Standard.

2000 - Product No. J15400 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00A112.4.1, Water Heater Relief Valve Drain TubesThis Standard covers the test methods and performance requirements applicable to water heaterrelief valve drain (or runoff) tubes for use with listed relief valves having a steam rating of 100,000BTU per hour (BTUH) or less.

1993 - Product No. J13793 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00A112.4.3, Plastic Fittings for Connecting Water Closets to theSanitary Drainage System1.1 Scope This Standard establishes physical, performance, and testing requirements applicable tothe joint that connects a water closet to the sanitary drain piping of a plumbing system. The use ofalternate materials or methods are permitted, provided the proposed material and method complieswith the performance requirements and intent of the Standard.

1999 - Product No. J15199 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00A112.6.1M, Floor Affixed Supports for Off-the-Floor PlumbingFixtures for Public UseThis Standard applies to floor-affixed supports for off the floor plumbing fixtures, including combinationcarriers and waste fittings for water closets, and carriers for urinals, lavatories, sinks, and watercoolers. This Standard covers definitions, materials and finishes, general requirements, strength anddeflection requirements, and details of the various types of supports included herein.

1997 - Product No. J04397 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.6.2, Framing-Affixed Supports For The Off-The-Floor WaterClosets With Concealed Tanks.This Standard establishes minimum performance requirements for framing-affixed supports for off-the-floor water closets with concealed tanks. It is not intended to limit the use of other materials,finishes, and designs that equal or exceed the requirements of this Standard.

2001 - Product No. J14900 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00A112.6.3, Floor and Trench DrainsThis Standard establishes design requirements for floor, area, adjustable floor, and trench drains thatare used inside of, or outside and immediately adjacent to, building structures that are typicallynonresidential. It includes definitions, nomenclature, outlet types and connections, grate-free area, toploading classifications, materials and finishes, and variations in product design.

2001 - Product No. J04001 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00A112.6.7, Enameled and Epoxy Coated Cast Iron and PVC PlasticSanitary Floor SinksThis Standard applies to enameled and epoxy coated cast iron and PVC plastic sanitary floor sinksand includes requirements for material, construction, inspection, testing, and marking. The provisionsof this Standard are not intended to prevent the use of any alternate materials or methods ofconstruction, provided any such alternate meets the intent of this Standard.

2001 - Product No. J16101 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00A112.14.1, Backwater Valves1.1.1 Development of adequate standards covering design, quality and performance of serving checkbackwater valves for use in building drainage systems. 1.1.2 This standard covers: a Definitions bNomenclature and Types c Connections d Materials and Finishes e Performance Requirements 1.2Purpose 1.2.1 The purpose of this standard is to supply plumbing code authorities and others with fullknowledge of the minimum design, quality and performance criteria for backwater valves. It is notintended for use as a specification guide.

1975 - Product No. J00035 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.14.3-2000, Grease InterceptorsThis Standard covers general product requirements as well as the performance criteria for the testingand rating of grease interceptors, whose rated flows are 100 gpm (380 L/m) or less.

2001 - Product No. J15800 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00A112.14.4, Grease Removal DevicesThis Standard establishes requirements for grease interceptors that are equipped with automaticgrease removal devices (GRD). It includes testing requirements and performance criteria designed toensure conformance to this Standard. Such devices are designed for the purpose of automaticallyremoving free-floating grease, fats, and oils from sanitary discharges without intervention from theuser except for maintenance. Semiautomatic devices are not addressed in this Standard.

2001 - Product No. J15901 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00A112.18.1, Plumbing Fixture Fittings

2000 - Product No. J02900 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.18.3M, Performance Requirements for Backflow Devices andSystems in Plumbing Fixture FittingsThis Standard addresses functional performance and requires physical characteristics of devices andsystems which provide backflow protection consistent with the level of risk associated with theplumbing fixture fitting application. The standard establishes specific performance criteria andprovides the test methods to prove compliance. It is applicable to all plumbing fixture fittings withoutlets not protected by an air gap, as listed in Table 1.

1996 - Product No. J14196 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.18.6, Flexible Water ConnectorsThis Standard establishes requirements for flexible water connectors used in potable water systemsunder continuous pressure and in accessible locations only. It covers physical and performancerequirements, test methods, materials, connections, and other significant properties, in addition to ageneral description of materials used. Certain features of construction of the finished product aregiven, together with the method of marking and identification. The provisions of this Standard are notintended to prevent the use of any alternate material or method of construction, provided any suchalternate meets the intent of this Standard.

1999 - Product No. J14899 - Price: £23.00/ $34.00/ €34.00A112.18.7-99, Deck Mounted Bath/Shower Transfer Valves1.1 SCOPE This Standard establishes requirements for deck mounted, bath/shower transfer valveswith integral back-flow protection on the secondary outlets. It covers physical and performancerequirements, test methods, and requirements for marking and identification. The provisions of thisStandard are not intended to prevent the use of any alternative material or method of construction,provided any such alternative meets the intent of this Standard.

2000 - Product No. J15099 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00A112.19.1M, Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures

This standard applies to enameled cast iron plumbing fixtures and includes requirements formaterials, construction, inspection, testing, marking, and definitions. Types and sizes of fixturescurrently in general use and demand are given for enameled cast iron bathtubs, lavatories, sinks, andlaundry trays.

1994 - Product No. J01194 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00A112.19.2M, Vitreous China Plumbing FixturesThe purpose of this Standard is to establish a nationally recognized standard for vitreous chinaplumbing fixtures, including vitreous china plumbing fixtures containing components of otherrecognized materials.

1998 - Product No. J01298 - Price: £48.00/ $72.00/ €72.00A112.19.3, Stainless Steel Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use)This Standard establishes a nationally recognized standard specification for stainless steel plumbingfixtures designed for residential use, to provide means for identifying fixtures that equal or exceed thespecified requirements, and to designate the most commonly used types of fixtures in currentproduction and demand. This Standard is also intended to promote understanding amongmanufacturers, distributors, and users regarding acceptable quality and to provide a basis for faircompetition. This Standard covers the types, thickness, and finish of stainless steel metal to be usedfor the fixtures; certain features of construction; and the types and sizes of fixtures currently in generaluse and demand. Also given are definitions, inspection methods, and means for identification offixtures complying with this Standard.

2001 - Product No. J05000 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.19.4M, Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing FixturesThe purpose of this standard are to provide a nationally recognized standard for the guidance ofmanufacturers, distributors, and purchasers of porcelain enameled formed steel plumbing fixtures, topromote better understanding between suppliers and users regarding significant features of thefixtures, to provide a basis for fair competition in furnishing fixtures that meet the principal demands ofthe trade, and to encourage development and design of innovations and improvement of durability ofthe fixture. This standard covers materials, methods of inspection, dimension, testing,andidentification of porcelain enameled formed steel plumbing fixtures, such as bathtubs, sinks, andlavatories, which are in general use and demand.

1994 - Product No. J06494 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00A112.19.5, Trim For Water-Closet Bowls, Tanks and UrinalsThis Standard establishes criteria for those items of trim for water-closet bowls, tanks, and urinalsknown as spuds, locknuts for spuds, flush valves, and flush elbows. Requirements for fill valves(ballcocks) are defined in ANSI/ASSE 1002. This Standard does not address the compatibility ofmaterials. Nothing stated herein shall preclude the production of special design flush valves withunique non-standard features for use in low consumption plumbing fixtures.

1999 - Product No. J05899 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.19.6, Hydraulic Performance Requirements for Water Closetsand UrinalsThis Standard establishes sanitary performance requirements and test procedures for water closetsand urinals discharging into gravity waste systems in permanent buildings and structures.

1995 - Product No. J13095 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.19.7M, Whirlpool Bathtub AppliancesThe purpose of this Standard shall be to establish criteria for whirlpool bathtub appliances. It isintended to be used by, but not limited to manufacturers, distributors, retailers, architects, engineers,plumbing contractors, jetters, installers, regulatory agencies, and users. The provisions of thisstandard shall enable identification of specific units that are in compliance with this document. Theprovisions of this standard shall not be construed to prevent the use of any alternate material ormethod of construction, provided any such alternate meets the intent of this standard. This standardshall govern the construction, general requirements, test methods, and marking for whirlpool bathtubappliances that incorporate a bathtub, a circulation pump, and a piping system, with or without theintroduction of air, either by integral suction or air pump. Optional accessories for such whirlpoolbathtub appliances shall be permitted to be provided in the factory or field, provided that suchaccessories do not negate the performance or whirlpool appliances designed to comply with thisstandard.

1995 - Product No. J11995 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.19.8M, Suction Fittings for Swimming and Wading Pools SpasHot Tubs and Whirlpool Bathtub AppliancesThis standard covers dimensions, testing methods, and other significant properties in addition to ageneral description of the final product, together with methods for marking and identification. ASMEBoiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2, Code for Concrete Reactor Vessels andContainments (ACI359).

1987 - Product No. J00118 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00A112.19.9M, Non-Vitreous Ceramic Plumbing FixturesThe purpose of this Standard is to establish a nationally recognized standard for plumbing fixtures ofnon-vitreous ceramic, including fixtures containing components of other recognized materials, for theguidance of manufacturers, distributors, and purchasers to promote better understanding betweensuppliers and users; and to furnish a basis for fair competition in furnishing such plumbing fixtures tomeet the principal demands of trade. This standard covers physical requirements and test methodspertaining to material, grading, dimensions, certain features of construction, and types and sizes ofplumbing fixtures of nonvitreous ceramic currently in general use and demand. Also given aredefinitions inspection methods, and tests which establish generally acceptable quality standards.Fixtures included in this standard are water-closet tanks, lavatories, urinals without integral trap,bidets, bathtubs, shower receptors, kitchen and bar sinks, service sinks, and drinking fountains. Thevalues stated in U.S. Customary units are to be regarded as the standard.

1991 - Product No. J13291 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.19.10, Dual Flush Devices for Water ClosetsThis standard covers physical and performance requirements and test methods pertaining to dualflush devices which are installed within water closet tanks which use 3.5 gal per flush or greatervolume to reduce total volumetric water consumption.

1994 - Product No. J13894 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00A112.19.12, Wall Mounted and Pedestal Mounted, Adjustable andPivoting Lavatory and Sink Carrier SystemsThis Standard establishes physical, mechanical, material, testing, marking, and documentationrequirements for wall mounted and pedestal mounted adjustable and pivoting lavatories and sinkcarrier systems intended to facilitate use by individuals who have impaired physical mobility. The useof alternate materials or methods are permitted, provided the proposed material and method complieswith the performance requirements and intent of this Standard.

2000 - Product No. J15300 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00A112.19.13-2001, Electrohydraulic Water Closets


24

A112.19.15, Bathtub/Whirlpool Bathtubs with Pressure SealedDoorsThis Standard establishes material, mechanical, electrical, marking, and testing requirements forbathtubs/whirlpool bathtubs with doors that are made water tight by the use of a pressure seal. Itaddresses the functional performance and physical characteristics for a pressure sealed door of abathtub/whirlpool bathtub. The door is intended to allow entry into the fixture when the tub is empty,and maintains water tightness when the tub is full. The use of alternate materials or methods arepermitted, provided the proposed material and method complies with the performance requirementsand intent of this Standard.

2001 - Product No. J15701 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00A112.21.2M, Roof Drains1.1.1 Development of standards for roof drains including general purpose, gutter and cornice, parapetand promenade or deck types, which convey rainwater from the roof area of building structures. 1.1.2This Standard covers: (a) Definitions (b) Nomenclature (c) Outlet Types and Connections (d) TopSize-Dome or Grate Free Area (e) Materials and Finishes (f) Accessories The purpose of thisStandard is to supply plumbing code authorities and others with full knowledge of the minimum designand quality criteria for roof drains. It is not intended for use as a specification guide. CAUTION:Illustrations included in this Standard are intended only to describe and portray typical roof drain typesand are not intended to restrict design or to be used for specification purposes.

1983 - Product No. J00002 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00A112.21.3M, Hydrants for Utility and Maintenance UseThe scope of this Standard is the development of standards for hydrants including nonfreeze wall,ground, post, and floor types and moderate climate wall and floor types, which are used in buildingsand grounds as water supply terminals, employed principally for lawn and flower bed watering hosesand normal building maintenance functions. This Standard covers definitions, connections, materials,variations, testing and operation, and general requirements for the hydrant types included in thescope. The purpose of this Standard is to supply plumbing code authorities and others with fullknowledge of the minimum design and quality criteria for hydrants necessary for sound performanceand safe and sanitary installations. It is not intended as a specification guide. NOTES: (1) Figuresused in this Standard are intended to describe and portray typical hydrants and are intended to restrictdesign or be used for specification purposes. (2) All hydrant installations shall be in conformance withlocal codes, with protection against flow and contamination provided. See para. 5.2 for information onvacuum breakers.

1985 - Product No. J00051 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00A112.36.2M, CleanoutsThis standard covers cleanouts including floor and wall types used in concealed piping in andadjacent to commercial, industrial, institutional, and other buildings open to public use. This standardaddresses: (a) Definitions; (b) Nomenclature; (c) Connection and Closure Types; (d) Covers andFrames; (e) Materials and Finishes; (f) Variations and Accessories.


POST CONSTRUCTIONPCC-1-2000, Guidelines for Pressure Boundary Bolted Flange JointAssembly1 Scope The bolted flange joint assembly (BFJA) guidelines described in this document apply topressure-boundary flanged joints with ring-type gaskets that are entirely within the circle enclosed bythe bolt holes and with no contact outside the circle. By selection of those features suitable to thespecific service or need, these guidelines may be used to develop effective joint assembly proceduresfor the broad range of sizes and service conditions normally encountered in the process industies.


POWERED PLATFORMSA120.1, Safety Requirements for Powered Platforms for BuildingMaintenanceThis Standard establishes safety requirements for powered platform (scaffolds) for buildings wherewindow cleaning and related services are accomplished by means of suspended equipment at heightsin excess of 35 ft (11 m) above a safe surface, e.g., grade, street, floor, or roof level. It pertains toeither permanently installed or transportable equipment meeting the requirements of this Standard.Powered platforms may be used or operated by one or more persons engaged in services such asnormal building maintenance. The equipment may also be used for tasks such as caulking, metalpolishing, reglazing, or other building repairs. This Standard does not apply to other suspendedpowered platforms used for remedial renovations or modifications to buildings. The safe use of thesescaffolds is included in ANSI A10.8-1988, Safety Requirements for Scaffolding. This Standard doesnot relate to any service performed by persons supported by equipment covered by any of the ANSIA92 standards.


PRESSURE VESSELSBPE, Bioprocessing EquipmentThis Standard covers, either directly or by reference, requirements for materials, design, fabrication,examination, inspection, testing, certification (for pressure systems), and pressure relief (for pressuresystems) of vessels and piping for bioprocessing systems, including sterility and cleanability,dimensions and tolerances, surface finish requirements, and seals for the bioprocessing systems inwhich the pressure vessels and associated piping are involved.

2002 - Product No. A14302 - Price: £136.00/ $204.00/ €204.00PVHO-1, Safety Standard for Pressure Vessels for HumanOccupancyThis Standard provides requirements for the design, fabrication, inspection, testing, marking, andstamping of pressure vessels for human occupancy, hereafter called PVHO's or chambers. ThisStandard also provides requirements for the design, fabrication, inspection, testing, cleaning, andcertification of piping systems for PVHO's. A PVHO is a pressure vessel that encloses a human beingwithin its pressure boundary while it is under internal or external pressure, regardless of the pressuremagnitude. PVHO's include, but are not limited to, submersibles, diving bells, personnel transfercapsules, decompression chambers, recompression chambers, hyperbaric chambers, high altitudechambers, and medical hyperbaric oxygenation facilities. This does not include nuclear reactorcontainments, pressurized airplane and aerospace vehicle cabins, and caissions.


PUMPSB73.1M, Specificaton for Horizontal End Suction Centrifugal Pumpsfor Chemical ProcessThis standard covers centrifugal pumps of horizontal, end suction single stage, centerline dischargedesign. This Standard includes dimensional interchangeability requirements and certain design

features to facilitate installation and maintenance. It is the intent of this Standard that pumps of thesame standard dimension designation from all sources of supply shall be interchangeable withrespect to mounting dimensions, size and location of suction and discharge nozzles, input shafts,baseplates, and foundation bolt holes (see Tables 1 and 2).

2001 - Product No. J01901 - Price: £34.00/ $51.00/ €51.00B73.2M, Specification for Vertical In-Line Centrifugal Pumps forChemical ProcessThis Standard covers motor-driven centrifugal pumps of vertical shaft, single stage design with suctionand discharge nozzles in-line. It includes dimensional interchangeability requirements and certaindesign features to facilitate installation and maintenance. It is the intent of this Standard that pumps ofthe same standard dimension designation, from all sources of supply, shall be interchangeable withrespect to mounting dimensions and size and location of suction and discharge nozzles (see Table 1).

1991 - Product No. J04991 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B73.3M, Specification for Sealless Horizontal End SuctionCentrifugal Pumps for Chemical Process

1997 - Product No. J14597 - Price: £36.00/ $54.00/ €54.00B73.5M, Thermoplastic/Thermoset Polymer Material Horizontal EndSuction Centrifugal Pumps Chemical ProcessThis Standard covers centrifugal pumps of horizontal, end suction single stage, centerline dischargedesign, which components are made of thermoplastic and thermoset polymer materials eitherreinforced or non reinforced. It includes dimensional interchangeability requirements and certaindesign features to facilitate installation and maintenance. It is the intent of this Standard that pumps ofthe same standard dimension designation from all sources of supply shall be interchangeable withrespect to mounting dimensions, size and location of suction and discharge nozzles, input shafts,baseplates, and foundation bolt holes. This Standard does not include lined or nonpolymercomponents.


REINFORCED THERMOSET PLASTICCORROSION RESISTANT EQUIPMENTRTP-1, Reinforced Thermoset Plastic Corrosion ResistantEquipmentThis standard applies to stationary vessels used for the storage, accumulation, or processing ofcorrosive or other substances at pressures not exceeding 15 PSIG external and/or 15 PSIG internalabove any hydrostatic head.


SCREW THREADSB1, Technical Report Measurement Uncertainty For 60 Deg ScrewThread Gage Element Measurement-Inch and MetricThis report provides estimates of uncertainty associated with the measurement of pitch diameter, leadand flank angle only for screw thread gages. It is intended that these estimates will be used as aguide to resolve measurement disputes arising between any two parties calibrating the same gage.

1993 - Product No. N12893 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B1.1, Unified Inch Screw Threads, Un And Unr Thread FormThis Standard specifies the thread form, series, class, allowance, tolerance, and designation forunified screw threads. (In order to emphasize that unified screw threads are based on inch modules,they may be denoted unified inch screw threads.) Several variations in thread form have beendeveloped for unified threads; however, this Standard covers only UN and UNR thread forms.

1989 - Product No. M02889 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00B1.2, Gages And Gaging For Unified Inch Screw ThreadsThis Standard provides essential specifications and dimensions for the gages used on Unified inchscrew threads (UN and UNR thread form), and covers the specifications and dimensions for thethread gages and measuring equipment listed in Tables 1 and 2. The basic purpose and use of eachgage are also described.

1983 - Product No. N00058 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00B1.3M, Screw Thread Gaging Systems Dimensional AcceptabilityInch Metric Screw Threads-Un Unr Unj M Mj(A) This Standard presents screw thread gaging systems suitable for determining the acceptability ofUN, UNR, UNJ, M, and MJ screw threads on externally and internally threaded products. Itestablishes the criteria for screw thread acceptance when a gaging system is used. (B) A screwthread gaging system comprises a list of screw thread characteristics that must be inspected toestablish the dimensional acceptability of the screw threads on a threaded product and the gage(s)which shall be used when inspecting those characteristics. (C) FEDERAL GOVERNMENT USE.When this Standard is approved by the Department of Defense and federal agencies and isincorporated into FED-STD-H28/20, Screw Thread Standards for Federal Services, Section 20, theuse of this Standard by the federal government is subject to all the requirements and limitations ofFED-STD-H28/20.

1992 - Product No. N09692 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B1.5, Acme Screw ThreadsThis Standard provides for two general applications of Acme threads: namely, general purpose andcentralizing. The limits and tolerances in this Standard relate to single-start Acme threads and may beused, if considered suitable, for multiple-start Acme threads. The latter threads are used to providerelatively fast traversing motion when necessary. The three classes (2G, 3G, and 4G) of generalpurpose threads have clearances on all diameters for free movement. This thread relies on the threadflanks to maintain concentric operation. The three classes of centralizing threads have a limitedclearance at the major diameters of the external and internal threads so that a bearing at the majordiameter maintains approximate alignment of the thread axis and prevents wedging on the flanks ofthe threads.

1999 - Product No. N02797 - Price: £64.00/ $95.00/ €95.00B1.7M, Nomenclature Definitions, And Letter Symbols For ScrewThreadsGENERAL 1.1 Scope The purpose of this Standard is to establish uniform practices for standardscrew threads with regard to the following: (a) screw thread nomenclature, and (b) letter symbols fordesignating features of screw threads for use on drawings, in tables of dimensions which set forthdimensional standards and in other records, and for expressing mathematical relationship. ThisStandard consists of a glossary of terms, an illustrated table showing the application of symbols, anda table of thread series designations Many of the terms and symbols specified in this Standard varyconsiderably from those of previous issues because ISO terms and symbols have been adoptedwhere the intended definition is the same.


25

B1.8, Stub Acme Screw ThreadsGENERAL AND HISTORICAL When formulated prior to 1895, regular Acme screw threads wereintended to replace square threads and a variety of threads of other forms used chiefly for thepurpose of producing traversing motions on machines, tools, etc. For current information on Acmethreads, see the latest edition of ASME/ANSI B1.5. The Stub Acme thread came into being early inthe 1900's. Its use has been generally confined to those unusual applications where a coarse-pitchthread of shallow depth is required due to mechanical or metallurgical considerations. FEDERALGOVERNMENT USE. When this Standard is approved by the Department of Defense and FederalAgencies and is incorporated into FED-STD H28/13, Screw Thread Standards for Federal Services,Section 13, the use of this Standard by the Federal Government is subject to all the requirements andlimitations of FED-STD H28/13.

1988 - Product No. N02888 - Price: £28.00/ $41.00/ €41.00B1.9, Buttress Inch Screw Threads 7/45 Form W/ 0.6 Pitch BasicHeight Of Thread EngagementThis Standard relates to screw threads of buttress form and provides: (a) A form of 7 degrees/45degrees buttress thread with 0.6p basic height of thread engagement; (b) A table of preferreddiameter-pitch combinations; (c) A formula for calculating pitch diameter tolerances; (d) Tolerances formajor and minor diameters; (e) A system of allowances between external and internal threads; (f)Recommended methods of measuring and gaging; (g) Dimensional acceptability of buttress product.

1973 - Product No. N00029 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B1.10M, Unified Miniature Screw ThreadsThis standard introduces a new thread series to be known as Unified Miniature Screw Threads andintended for general purpose fastening screws and similar uses in watches, instruments, andminiature mechanisms. The series covers a diameter range from 0.30 to 1.40 millimeters (0.0118 to0.0551 inch) and thus supplements the Unified and American thread series which begins at 0.060inch (number 0 of the machine screw series). It is comprised of a total of fourteen sizes which,together with their respective pitches, are those endorsed by the American-British-Canadian Con-Conference of April 1955 as the basis for a unified standard among the inch-using countries, andcoincide with the corresponding range of sizes in ISO (International Organization for Standardization)Recommendation No. 84. Additionally, it utilizes thread forms which are compatible in all significantrespects with both the Unified and ISO basic thread profiles. Thus, this thread series establishesinterchangeability with the corresponding sizes in both the American-British-Canadian and ISOStandardization programs.

1997 - Product No. N02597 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B1.11, Microscope Objective ThreadThis standard covers the screw thread used for mounting the objective assembly to the body or lensturret of microscopes. It is based on, and intended to be interchangeable with, the screw threadintroduced and adopted many years ago by the royal microscopical society of Great Britain, generallyknown as the "rms thread" and now almost universally accepted as the basic standard for microscopeobjective mountings. any fluid power component by combining basic symbols. (g) Dimensionalacceptability of buttress product.

1958 - Product No. N00020 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B1.12, Class 5 Interference-Fit ThreadThis Standard provides dimensional tables for external and internal plastic flow interference- fit (Class5) threads of modified National thread form in the coarse thread series (NC) in sizes 0.250 in. through1.500 in. This is not the ANSI B1.1 UN thread form. It is intended that designs conforming with thisStandard will provide adequate torque conditions which fall within the limits shown in Table 8. Theminimum torque is intended to be sufficient to insure that externally threaded members will not loosenin service, the maximum torque establishes a ceiling below which seizing, galling, or torsional failureof the externally threaded components is reduced. This Standard provides for the maximum allowableinterference. Appendices A,B,C, and D contain useful information that is supplementary to thisStandard, such as reprints of the obsolete tentative and alternate Class 5 standards, US Navy shipspecifications for elastic interference-fit coarse thread series from 0.250 in through 2.000 in, US Navyship specifications for Class 5 Modified which includes nickel-copper-aluminum alloy external threads,and an interference metal comparison of standard to nonstandard interference-fit threads.

1987 - Product No. N00032 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00B1.13M, Metric Screw Threads-M ProfileThis Standard contains general metric standards for a 60 deg. symmetrical screw thread with a basicISO 68 profile designated M profile. The M profile threads of tolerance class 6H/6G are intended formetric applications where inch class 2A/2B have been used. At the minimum material limits, the6H/6G results in a looser fit than the 2A/2B. Tabular data is also provided for a tighter tolerance fitexternal thread of class 4G/6G which is approximately equivalent to the inch class 3A but with anallowance applied. Formulation and tolerancing data is included for applications requiring other fits.

2001 - Product No. N04601 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B1.15, Unified Inch Screw Threads,UNJ Thread FormThis Standard establishes the basic triangular profile for the UNJ thread form, provides a system ofdesignations, lists the standard series of diameter-pitch combinations for diameters from 0.600 to6.000 in, and specifics limiting dimensions and tolerances. It specifies the characteristics of the UNJinch series of threads having 0.15011P to 0.18042P designed radius at the root of the external thread,and also having the minor diameter of the external and internal threads forms to accommodate theexternal thread maximum root radius. root radius.

1995 - Product No. N13195 - Price: £36.00/ $53.00/ €53.00B1.16M, Gages And Gaging For Metric M Screw ThreadsThis Standard provides essential specifications and dimensions for the gages used on M series metricscrew threads, and covers the specifications and dimensions for the thread gages and measuringequipment listed in Tables 1 and 2. The basic purpose and use of each gage are also described.

1984 - Product No. N00026 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00B1.20.1, Pipe Threads, General Purpose, InchThis American National Standard covers dimensions and gaging of pipe threads for general purposeapplications. _ The B1.20.1 is a revision and redesignation of ANSI B2.1-1968 purposes types areavailable to satisfy particular requirements, and manufacturers should be consulted for specialrequirements. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is not intended to imply that all of theproducts described are stock production sizes. Consumers are requested to consult withmanufacturers concerning availability of products. Metric general purpose semi-tubular rivetspurchased for government use shall conform to this Standard and, additionally, to the requirements ofAppendix I.

1983 - Product No. N00103 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B1.20.3, Dryseal Pipe Threads,InchDryseal pipe threads are based on the USA (American) pipe thread, however, they differ from theUSA (American) pipe thread in that they are designed to seal pressure-tight joints without thenecessity of using sealing compounds. To accomplish this some modification of thread from andgreater accuracy in manufacture is required. The roots of both the external and internal threads aretruncated slightly more than the crests, i.e. roots have wider flats than crest, so that metal-to-metalcontact occurs at the crests and roots coincident with or prior to flank contact, see Figure 1. Thus as

the threads are assembled by wrenching, the roots of the threads crush the sharper crests of themating threads.

1976 - Product No. N00076 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B1.20.5, Gaging For Dryseal Pipe Threads-InchThe scope of this Standard is to provide information regarding practical dryseal thread inspectionmethods and commonly used gages for production evaluation purposes. All dimensions are in inchesunless otherwise specified. 1.1.1 Federal Government Use. When this standard is approved by theDepartment of Defense and the Federal agencies and is incorporated into FED-STD-H28/8, Screw-Thread Standards for Federal Services Section 8, the use of this Standard by the FederalGovernment is subject to all requirements and limitations of FED-STD-H28/8.

1991 - Product No. N09290 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00B1.20.7, Hose Coupling Screw Threads, InchThe purpose of this document is to provide standards for application to the threaded parts of hosecouplings, valves, nozzles, and all other fittings used in direct connection with hose intended fordomestic, industrial, and general service in normal sizes of 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2, 2, 2 1/2, 3, 31/2, and 4 in. The normal sequence of connections, in relation to the direction of flow, is from anexternally threaded nipple into an internally threaded coupling.

1991 - Product No. K01491 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B1.21M, Metric Screw Threads: MJ Profile1.1 Scope This Standard establishes the basic triangular profile for the MJ thread form; provides asystem of designations; lists the standard series of diameter/pitch combinations for diameters from 1.6to 200 mm; and specifies limiting dimensions and tolerances. It specifies the characteristics of the MJmetric series of threads having a minimum 0.15011P radius at the root of the external thread, andalso having the minor diameter of the external and internal threads increased above the ASMEB1.13M thread form to accommodate the external thread root radius.

1997 - Product No. N09097 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00B1.22M, Gages And Gaging For MJ Series Metric Screw ThreadsThis Standard provides essential specifications and dimensions for the gages used on MJ seriesmetric screw threads, and covers the specifications and dimensions for the thread gages andmeasuring equipment listed in Tables 1 and 2. The basic purpose and use of each gage are alsodescribed.

1985 - Product No. N00086 - Price: £44.00/ $66.00/ €66.00B1.30M, Screw Threads - Standard Practice For Calculating AndRounding DimensionsThis standard is to establish uniform practices for calculating and rounding the numeric values usedfor inch and metric screw thread design data dimensions. No attempt is made to establish a policy ofrounding actual thread characteristics measured by the manufacturer or user of thread gages.Covered is the standard rounding policy regarding the last figure or decimal place to be retained by anumeric value and the number of decimal places to be retained by values used in intermediatecalculations of thread dimensions. Some values listed in the appendix may differ by as much as0.0001 in. Or 0.001 mm from values shown in previous issues of ASME B1 Thread Standards and areto take precedence in all future ASME B1 standards.


STEEL STACKSSTS-1-2000, Steel StacksThe following Standard applies to steel stacks; that is, those stacks where the primary supportingshell is made of steel. It applies to both single- and multiple-walled steel stacks, either of which can belined or unlined. It also applies to steel stacks that are guyed, or to certain aspects of tower stacks.The stack may be supported on a foundation or from another structure. This Standard covers manyfacets of the design of steel stacks. It outlines the consideration which must be made for both themechanical and structural design. It emphasizes what consideration must be taken for wind- andseismic-induced vibrations. It gives guidelines for the selection of material, linings, and coatings. Itgives the requirements for lighting and lightning protection based upon existing building and federalcodes. It gives the requirements for climbing and access based upon current Occupational Safety andHealth Administration (OSHA) standards. It emphasizes the important areas regarding fabrication andconstruction. It outlines areas requiring maintenance and inspection following initial operation.Although many of the topics within these guidelines may be used for all stacks, this Standard isintended to provide design guidelines for stacks containing non flammable gases such as combustionexhaust gases at low internal pressures. For stacks containing combustible gases under pressuresuch as flare stacks and flammable vents, additional design considerations must be addressed,including design for internal pressure, design for internal deflagration pressure, and compatibility withadjoining piping design that is in accordance with piping and/or vessel design codes such as ASMEB13.3 and Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. In addition, the materials ofconstruction referenced in this Standard may not be allowed for use with flammable gases underpressure per ASME B13.3 and Section VIII of the ASME BPVC; materials suitable for pressurecontainment of flammable gases are listed in these codes. No attempt is made within this Standard todefine the need or the methods to be used to consider these additional design considerations.


STORAGE TANKSB96.1, Welded Aluminum-Alloy Storage TanksCovers the design, materials, fabrication, erection, inspection, and testing requirements for weldedaluminum alloy, field erected or shop fabricated, above ground, vertical, cylindrical, flat bottom, openor closed top tanks storing liquids under pressures approximating atmospheric pressure at ambienttemperatures.


SURFACE QUALITYB46.1, Surface Texture, Surface Roughness Waviness And LayThis Standard is concerned with the geometric irregularities of surfaces. It defines surface texture andits constituents: roughness, waviness, and lay. It also defines parameters for specifying surfacetexture. The terms and ratings in this Standard relate to surfaces produced by such means asabrading, casting, coating, cutting, etching, plastic deformation, sintering, wear, erosion, etc.


TOOLSB5.1M, T-Slots,Their Bolts,Nuts And TongueThis Standard applies to T-slots as used on machine tools for the mounting of fixtures, attachments,and accessories; and to the bolts, nuts, and tongues used in such slots.

1985 - Product No. M00024 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.5, Rotating Air Cylinders And Adapters

26

This standard was developed to obtain interchangeability of different makes of air cylinders on thespindles of machine tools without changing the adapter or draw rod. Three sizes of standard adapterscover the range of standard air cylinders from 3 inches to 18 inches inclusive. grooves of therecommended dimensions listed.

1959 - Product No. L00031 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.8, Chuck and Chuck Jaws

2001 - Product No. J02401 - Price: £40.00/ $60.00/ €60.00B5.9, Spindle Noses For Tool Room Lathes, Engine Lathes, TurretLathes And Automatic LathesThese spindle noses are for use on engine lathes, tool room lathes, turret lathes and automatic lathesand may be used advantageously on other machines wherever chucks or fixtures must be mountedaccurately and rigidly on revolving spindles. Complete dimensions for each size and type of nose, aswell as for mating backs of chucks, face plates and fixtures, are given in the tables. Also given aredimensions of gages for checking the important dimensions on these spindle noses and the backs ofchucks, face plates and fixtures, to insure interchangeability between parts made by differentmanufacturers. 40S, and for sizes 10 and 12 of Schedule 80S are not the same as those ofANSI/ASME B36.10M. The suffix "S" in the Schedule Number is used to differentiate B36.19M pipefrom B36.10M pipe. ANSI/ASME B36.10M includes other pipe thicknesses which are alsocommercially available with stainless steel material. meant to construe that such deviations from thisStandard should not continue to be recognized. However, for general purposes applications, wherethe design, engineering, and manufacturing conditions permit some latitude, the use of diameterslisted in the table are to be encouraged.

1967 - Product No. M00010 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B5.10, Machine Tapers-Self Holding And Steep Taper SeriesThis standard establishes (1), American standard practice for the slope of self-holding and steepmachine tapers, (2) The detailed dimensions for this type of taper tool shank, (3) The correspondingdimensions for the taper socket in the spindle of the machine, including the dimensions of keyways.This, it is hoped, will serve as a guide for future designing of machines and related equipment utilizingtapers that come within the ranges specified in the various tables.

1994 - Product No. L00494 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B5.11, Spindle Noses And Adjustable Adaptors For Multiple SpindleDrilling HeadsThis standard is to provide the means for individual axial adjustment of drilling, reaming, and tappingtools, etc. in the spindles of single or multiple spindle heads. Further, its purpose is to permitinterchangeability of adapters into different manufacturers' machines consistent with necessaryaccuracy. Its scope is primarily in the medium to large size of drill spindles, i.e. from No. 0 MorseTaper and .375 American Standard Taper through No. 4 American Standard Taper.

1964 - Product No. M00008 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.16, Accuracy of Engine and Tool Room LathesThis Standard includes information for the Accuracy of Engine and Tool Room Lathes for thefollowing: (A) 12 In. to 18 In. (B) 20 In. to 32 In. and (C) 40 In. to 72 IN.

1952 - Product No. J00004 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.18, Spindle Noses And Tool Shanks For Milling MachinesThis Standard includes tables for Essential Dimensions of Spindle Nose and Tool Shanks;Dimensions of Draw-in Bolt Ends; and Essential Dimensions of Spindle Nose with Large Flanges.

1972 - Product No. M00009 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.25, Punch And Die SetsThis American National Standard covers the design, dimensions and tolerances for 2, 3 and 4 postpunch press tool die sets referred to in the standard as "die sets". They are in general demand by tooldesigners and are used by die makers for the mounting of punch press tool details and components.Included in the standard are back post, center post, diagonal post, and rectangular 2, 3 and 4 post allsteel die sets. The standard shall be further divided into two categories. Those die sets which wouldcomprise what is generally termed standard die sets consisting of back post, center post and diagonalpost sets in the size range up to 25"x14" in die area and 4 post rectangular die sets with a die area upto 24"x16". The range of sizes covered have been carefully selected with a view to meeting thelargest volume of present needs of users and, therefore, may be manufactured on a production basis.The second category of this standard shall include sizes which are classified as special. Realistictolerances which can be readily met with modern equipment have been established that will insure ahigh grade tool which can be maintained economically in respect to both the component parts and thedie set assembly. Die sets covered in this standard are those as stated above and are both heavy andlight duty. The die sets shown are of the conventional type with pressed in guide posts and press fitguide post bushings or with demountable guide posts and demountable guide post bushings or anycombination thereof. The standard die areas may also apply to die sets with patented mountings forthe guide posts and guide post bushings. There are in existence several different types of specialguide posts and guide post bushings, some of which are proprietary in nature and therefore are notincluded in this standard.

1978 - Product No. L00027 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.25M, Punch And Die Sets, MetricThis American National Standard covers the design dimensions and tolerances for two, three and fourguide post punch press tool all steel die sets referred to in the standard as "STANDARD DIE SETS"Included in the standard are back post, center post, diagonal post and rectangular two, three and fourpost all steel die sets, including three (or more) plate die sets. This standard is limited to die sets notexceeding die space dimensions of 630 by 400 millimeters. Plain and antifriction bearing componentsare included in this standard.

1980 - Product No. L00061 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.28, Mounting Dimensions Of Lubricating And Coolant PumpsFor Machine ToolsThis standard has been prepared to establish mounting dimensions for lubricating and coolant pumpsas applied to machine tools in order to facilitate their replacement.

1971 - Product No. L00009 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.32, Grinding Machines, Surface, Reciprocating Table HorizontalSpindleThe purpose of this standard is to make possible the interchangeability of tooling and fixturingbetween like types and sizes of grinding machines. Such interchange of tooling and fixturing isintended to provide flexibility in order to minimize obsolescence and make possible more rapidproduction change-over with minimal tooling modifications. It is also intended as an essential aid tomeet national emergency requirements. This standard covers dimensions, areas, and other featureswhich provide suitable interchangeability for the maximum utilization of the users' machine toolfacilities. Thus, all production parts routed to a designated machine classification can be more easilyaccommodated by equivalent machines with that classification. This standard applies to all sizes ofreciprocating table surface grinders having horizontal spindles.


B5.32.1, Grinding Machines, Surface, Reciprocating Table- VerticalSpindleThe purpose of this standard is to make possible the interchangeability of tooling and fixturingbetween like types and sizes of grinding machines. Such interchange of tooling and fixturing isintended to provide flexibility in order to minimize obsolescence and make possible more rapidproduction change-over with minimal tooling modifications. It is also intended as an essential aid tomeet national emergency requirements. This standard covers dimensions, area and other featureswhich provide suitable interchangeability for the maximum utilization of the users' machine toolfacilities. Thus, all production parts routed to a designated machine classification can be more easilyaccommodated by equivalent machines within that classification.

1977 - Product No. J00053 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.33, External Cylindrical Grinding Machines - PlainThe purpose of this Standard is to make possible the interchangeability of tooling and fixturingbetween like types and sizes of grinding machines. Such interchange of tooling and fixturing isintended to provide flexibility in order to minimize obsolescence and make possible more rapidproduction changeover with minimal tooling modifications. It is also intended as an essential aid inmeeting national emergency requirements. This Standard covers dimensions, areas, and otherfeatures which provide suitable interchangeability for the maximum utilization of the users' machinetool facilities. Thus, all production parts routed to a designated machine classification can be moreeasily accommodated by equivalent machines within the classification.

1981 - Product No. M00038 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.35, Machine Mounting Specifications For Abrasive Discs AndPlate Mounted WheelsThis Standard covers ANSI Standard practice for location and size of bolt for mounting abrasive discsand plate mounted wheels. following types and styles. Type 1, Plain Pattern(straight shank) Style A,Long Length Style B, Short Length Type 2, Shoulder Pattern Style A, Long Length Style B, ShortLength Appendices A and B contain descriptive and cautionary information pertinent to forgedeyebolts. facilities. Thus, all production parts routed to a designated machine classification can bemore easily accommodated by equivalent machines within that classification.

1983 - Product No. M00035 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B5.37, External Cylindrical Grinding Machines - CenterlessThe purpose of this standard is to make possible the interchangeability of tooling and texturingbetween like types and sizes of grinding machines. Such interchange of tooling and fixturing isintended to provide flexibility in order to minimize obsolescence and make possible more rapidproduction change-over with minimal tooling modifications. It is also intended as an essential aid tomeet national emergency requirements. This standard covers dimensions, areas, and other whichprovide suitable interchangeability for the maximum utilization of the users' machine tool facilities.Thus, all production parts routed to a designated machine classification can be more easilyaccommodated by equivalent machines within that classification.

1970 - Product No. M00039 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.40, Spindle Noses And Tool Shanks For Horizontal BoringMachinesThis standard establishes (1) American practice for the construction of spindle noses for horizontalboring machines by showing a number of types of such construction, (2) the important dimensions forself-holding and steep machine tapers as well as drive keys, draw bolts, drift and keeper key slots,bolt circles for face mounting of milling cutters, etc., (3) the corresponding dimensions for the tapershanks for construction of tools (boring bars, arbors, etc.) to fit the spindle nose tapers. The purposeof such construction is to provide an accurately machined stocket to locate tools with means topositively hold them in positions in the spindle as well as with means to positively drive the tools.

1977 - Product No. M00048 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.42, External Cylindrical Grinding Machines UniversalThe purpose of this Standard is to make possible the interchangeability of tooling and fixturingbetween like types and sizes of grinding machines. Such interchange of tooling and fixturing isintended to provide flexibility in order to minimize obsolescence and make possible more rapidproduction changeover with minimal tooling modifications. It is also intended as an essential aid inmeeting national emergency requirements. This Standard covers dimension, areas, and otherfeatures which provide suitable interchangeability for the maximum utilization of the users' machinetool facilities. Thus, all production parts routed to a designated machine classification can be moreeasily accommodated by equivalent machines within that classification. of having increasingly largerpress fit allowances on headless die buttons as nominal body size increased has been changed tomerely stating a tolerance on the body or "D" diameter. This tolerance has been made the same as onhead type die buttons and head type punches (Ref. USAS B94. 14-1968). It is felt that the standardcan control tolerances of components but cannot necessarily dictate or control the fit of the die buttonin the holder or retainer plate because it is made by others for various specific applications and doesand vary with conditions.

1981 - Product No. M00040 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.43, Modular Machine Tool StandardsThe specifications contained herein shall apply only to the mounting and attaching surfaces of mainbases, wing bases, feed units, adapters, vertical and angular columns, and the bolting thereof, andthe uniform work loading height in the construction of production machine tools capable of drilling,boring, reaming, tapping and related operations as applicable.

1965 - Product No. M00021 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.43M, Modular Machine Tool Standards, MetricThe specifications contained herein shall apply only of the mounting and attaching surfaces of mainbases, wing bases, feed units, adaptors, vertical and angular columns, and the bolting thereof, andthe uniform work loading height in the construction of production machine tools capable of drilling,boring, reaming, tapping and related operations as applicable.

1979 - Product No. M00112 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.44, Rotary Table Surface Grinding MachinesThe purpose of this standard is to make possible the interchangeability of tooling and fixturingbetween like types and sizes of grinding machines. Such interchange of tooling and fixturing isintended to provide flexibility in order to minimize obsolescence and make possible more rapidproduction change-over with minimal tooling modifications. It is also intended as an essential aid tomeet national emergency requirements. This standard covers dimensions, areas, and other featureswhich provide suitable interchangeability for the maximum utilization of the users' machine toolfacilities. Thus, all production parts routed to a designated machine classification can be more easilyaccommodated by equivalent machines within that classification.

1971 - Product No. M00061 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.45, Milling MachinesThe purpose of this standard is to make possible the interchangeability of tooling and fixturingbetween like types and sizes of milling machines. Such interchange of tooling and fixturing is intendedto provide flexibility in order to minimize obsolescence and make possible more rapid productionchange-over with minimal tooling modifications. It is also intended as an essential aid in meetingnational emergency requirements. This standard covers dimensions, areas, and other features whichprovide suitable interchangeability for the maximum utilization of the users' machine tool facilities.

27

Thus, and production parts routed to a designated machine classification can be more easilyaccommodated by equivalent machines within that classification.

1972 - Product No. M00067 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.46, Symbols For Machine Tool Indicator PlatesThe purpose of these standard symbols is to eliminate the use of words and phrases when conveyingcertain information on machine tool operation instruction plates. The use of these symbols willminimize the language difficulties that exist between the many different countries interpreting theseplates. This standard provides a set of symbols which may appear on machine tool indicator plates orcontrol buttons. These symbols should be determined for each application.

1972 - Product No. M00065 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.47, Milling Machine Arbor AssembliesThe Standard is confined to milling machine arbors. The reason for confining this standard to thisspecified milling machine accessory is that through many years of development and general usage,there already exists good agreement on the structure and dimensions of milling machine arborsbetween competent manufacturers of such equipment here in the United States and abroad. Thisagreement is much better than for many other milling machine accessories and equipment. Alreadyconsiderable interchangeability exists between the products of various suppliers of milling machinearbors. The Standard tries to avoid being too specific in nonessential details to avoid undue hardshipon the manufacturer. The choice of material, heat treatment, surface finish any deviations fromnonessential dimensions is left to the discretion of the manufacturer as long as it is compatible withthe expected functional requirements of the arbor assembly. The many overlapping and intermediatesizes of the various components of an arbor assembly are minimized for the sake of economy. Somesizes of arbors and components still listed by some manufacturers have been omitted with theknowledge that some other listed sizes would do the required operations without undue hardship.

1972 - Product No. M00074 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.48, Ball ScrewsThis standard covers definitions, classes of ball screws, recommended combinations of screwdiameters and leads, recommended drawing format, and performance characteristics of ball screwand nut assemblies as applied to machine tools.

1977 - Product No. M00089 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.49, Glossary Of Power Press TermsThis Standard provides a glossary of terms commonly used in the industries that manufacture or usemechanically and hydraulically powered presses.

1998 - Product No. M09098 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B5.50, V-Flange Tool Shanks For Machining Centers With AutomaticTool ChangersThis standard pertains to the standardization of a basic tool holder shank and retention knob fornumerically controlled machining centers with automatic tool changers. The requirements containedherein are intended to provide tool holder interchangeability between machining centers withautomatic tool changers of various types. Dimensions for cone angle control are in accordance withthe International Standard ISO-1947.

1994 - Product No. M09794 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.51M, Preferred SI Units For Machine Tools1.0 SCOPE 1.1 This Standards gives the preferred choice of selected SI units, multiples, submultiplesand symbols for selected quantities for machine tool use. 1.2 These preferred SI units, multiples,submultiples and symbols, are for use on engineering drawings, machine test documents, customermachine quotations, operator instruction plates, operator instruction manuals, machine toolspecification catalogs and other related documents.

1979 - Product No. M00099 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.52M, Mechanical Power Presses General Purpose Single Point,Gap Type, MetricThis standard applies only to those mechanical power presses commonly referred to by the metalworking industry as Bench, Open Back Inclinable, Open Back Stationary, and Adjustable Bed/HornPresses that shear, punch, form, or assemble metal or other materials by means of dies or presstooling attached to the slide and bolster or bed of said presses. The purpose of this standard is todefine and describe press size and capacity data necessary to permit the interchangeability ofbolsters, dies, and press tooling from one press to another of comparable size and type. otheraccepted standards for product, testing, gaging, and material and, therefore, those provisions as wellas packaging are not included herein. herein.

1980 - Product No. M00120 - Price: £35.00/ $52.00/ €52.00B5.53M, Cutter And Tool Grinding Machines1.2 This Standard covers dimensions and capacities which provide interchangeability for themaximum utilization of users' machine tool facilities. Thus, all cutters, tools and other work pieces inthe same category can be more easily accommodated by machines within a classification.

1982 - Product No. M00129 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.54, Methods For Performance Evaluation Of ComputerNumerically Controlled Machining Centers1 Scope This Standard establishes requirements and methods for specifying and testing theperformance of CNC machining centers. In addition to clarifying the performance evaluation ofmachining centers, this Standard seeks to facilitate performance comparisons between machines byunifying terminology, general machine classification, and the treatment of environmental effects. TheStandard attempts to define testing methods capable of yielding adequate performance results for themajority of machining centers and is not intended to replace more complete tests. It is not the intent ofthis Standard to place limits on or to enforce 100 percent testing of any individual machine tool inaccordance with this Standard. This shall be the subject of contractual agreement between thesupplier and the user.

1992 - Product No. M14492 - Price: £48.00/ $71.00/ €71.00B5.55M, Specification And Performance Standard Power PressBrakes1.1 Scope: The requirements of this standard apply to those power operated press brakes that areused to form metal by bending. This standard specifically excludes machines referred to as handbrakes (leaf brake), folding brakes, tangent benders, apron brakes (box and pan), and swivel bendingbrakes. products described are stock production sizes. Consumers are requested to consult withsuppliers concerning the availability of the product. for the testing of pins in double shear. 1.1.2 thisstandard defines 1.5-12 mm nominal diameter pins. The 1.5-3 mm diameter pins are defined as typeA, which may interlock in the free state and use the standard iso installation hole requirements, andtype b, which do not interlock in the free state but require a restricted installation hole tolerance. 1.1.3Slotted spring pins purchased for government use shall conform to this standard and additionally tothe requirements of appendix B. For non-government applications the user is not restricted to theoptions provided by the government part numbering system in appendix B.

1994 - Product No. M15194 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.56M, Specification And Performance Standard Power Shears

The requirements of this standard apply to power shears used to cut metal by shearing, utilizing afixed lower knife(s) and a non-rotary, moving upper knife(s). This standard applies to those shearscommonly referred to as squaring, guillotine, gap, plate, pivot blade (swing beam), and slitting (non-rotary). This standard specifically excludes machines referred to as right angle, alligator, cut to length,crop, slitting (rotary), nibblers, portable hand tools, coil slitters, rotary blade slitters, iron workers,angle, bar, beam, channel, notching, rotary drum, flying, and billet shears.

1994 - Product No. M15294 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B5.57, Methods For Performance Evaluation Of ComputerNumerically Controlled Lathes And Turning CentersThis Standard establishes requirements and methods for specifying and testing the performance ofCNC lathes and turning centers. in general industrial applications. These grooved pins have threegrooves, equally spaced about their circumference, impressed longitudinally into their exterior surface,with nominal diameters D1, ranging from 1.5 mm to 12 mm, inclusive.

2000 - Product No. M16898 - Price: £76.00/ $114.00/ €114.00B94.14.1, Punches-Basic Head Type, MetricThis standard covers the American National Standard Practice for basic Head Type Punches (metric)including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes and shapes. terminology represent within theindustry practice for the manufacture, assembly and use of shear knives covered in this standard.This document contains two separate series of shear knives, a customary unit series and a metricseries. The series are hard converted and not interchangeable with the customary product.

1977 - Product No. M00092 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.2, ReamersThis Standard covers the American National Standard for Reamers-nomenclature, definitions, types,sizes, and tolerances.

1995 - Product No. L02895 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B94.3, Straight Cut-Off Blades For Lathes And Screw MachinesThis standard covers Straight Cut-Off Blades, solid and inserted, for Lathe and Screw Machines andincludes Definitions, Type Designation and Dimension Tables. sizes and shapes. Ball-lockinterchangeable die buttons are standard with round, oblong, square and rectangular holes for up toone inch diameter maximum pierced hole size. They fit in light duty ball-lock retainers and are gagedfor locking interchangeability with light duty functional gages.

1965 - Product No. M00056 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.6, Knurling1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE This Standard covers knurling tools with standardized diametral pitchesand includes dimensional relations with stock in the production of straight, diagonal, and diamondknurling on cylindrical surfaces having teeth of uniform pitch parallel to the axis of the cylinder or at ahelix angle not exceeding 45 deg. with axis of work. Such knurling is made by displacement of thematerial on the surface when rotated under pressure against a knurling tool. These tools andrecommendations are equally applicable to general purpose and precision knurling. In brief, theadvantage of this method is the provision by which good tracking (the ability of teeth to mesh as thetool penetrates the work blank in successive revolutions) is obtained by tools designed on the basis ofdiametral pitch instead of tpi (teeth per inch) when used with recommended work blank diameters thatare multiples of 1/64 or 1/32in., depending upon the pitch selected. This should improve the uniformityand appearance of knurling, eliminate the costly trial and error methods, reduce the failure of knurlingtools and production of defective work, as well as decrease the number of tools required.

1984 - Product No. K00022 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.7, Hobs1 SCOPE 1.1 This standard covers types, sizes, tolerances, marking and nomenclature for hobs ofone-piece construction used for generating involute gears, involute splines, parallel side splines,involute serrations and roller chain sprockets. 2 PURPOSE 2.1 The purpose of this standard is toprovide information on standard types, sizes, tolerances, marking and nomenclature of hobs toencourage uniformity in specifications. The inclusion of dimensional data in this Standard is notintended to imply that all of the products described are stock production sizes. Consumers arerequested to consult with manufacturers concerning availability of products.

1980 - Product No. N00056 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B94.8, Inserted Blade Milling Cutter BodiesThis standard covers general dimensions of inserted blade milling cutters, such as outside diameters,overall widths, arbor or center holes, dimensional data pertaining to driving slots and mountingelements. It covers a cutter diameter range of 4 through 24 inches. The purpose of this standard is toencourage the manufacturers of inserted blade milling cutters to produce their products within thegeneral dimensions of this standard so as to assure users of interchangeability on features, such asmounting elements, outside diameters and widths.

1967 - Product No. K00044 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.9, Taps: Ground and Cut ThreadsThis Standard covers various designs of standard taps, nomenclature, and definitions; the standardsystem of marking; and dimensions and tolerance tables for the following types and styles of taps:Type: Standard straight thread, general purpose; Tables 2 and 2A. Style: Straight fluted, Spiral fluted,Spiral point, with straight flutes, Spiral point only, no straight flutes. Applicable Section(s): 3.1, 3.4 and3.5, 3.2, 3.3. Type: Pipe, taper thread; Table 7, Pipe, straight thread; Table 8, Pulley; Table 5, Screwthread insert; Table 2B, Thread forming; Table 2 and 2A. Style: Straight fluted, Straight lobes andSpiral lobes. Applicable Section(s): 3.8, 3.7, 3.1, and 3.6. The following is a list of publicationsreferenced in this Standard. ANSI B1.18M, Metric Screw Threads for Commercial MechanicalFasteners - Boundary Profile Defined; ANSI B1.20.3, Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch); ANSI/ASMEB1.7M, Nomenclature, Definitions, and Letter Symbols for Screw Threads; ANSI/ASME B1.20.1, PipeThreads, General Purpose (Inch); ASME B1.1, Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR ThreadForm); ASME B1.12, Class 5 Interference-Fit Thread; ASME B1.13M, Metric Screw Threads - MProfile; ASME B1.15, Unified Inch Screw Threads (UNJ Thread Form); ASME B1.20.7, Hose CouplingScrew Threads (Inch); ASME B1.21M, Metric Screw Threads: MJ Profile; ASME B1.30, StandardPractice for Calculating and Rounding Dimensions; and ASME B18.29.1, Helical Coil Screw ThreadInserts - Free Running and Screw Locking (Inch). Publisher: The American Society of MechanicalEngineers (ASME), Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990 MIL-P-7105B, GeneralRequirements for Pipe Threads, Taper, Aeronautical National Form, Symbol ANPT; MIL-S-8879C,General Specification for Screw Threads, Controlled Radius Root With Increased Minor Diameter; andMIL-T-21309EM Tools for Inserting and Extracting Helical Coil Wire Screw Thread Inserts. Publisher:National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161

1999 - Product No. K04399 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B94.11M, Twist DrillsThis standard covers nomenclature, definitions, sizes and tolerances of high speed steel, straight andtaper shank drills, and combined drills and countersinks, plain and bell type. B94.11m-1993 coversboth inch and metric size drills.

1993 - Product No. M02793 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00B94.14, Punches-Basic Head TypeThis standard covers the USA standard Practice for Basic Head Type Punches including dimensions,tolerances, nomenclature, sizes and shapes.

28

1968 - Product No. K00052 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.16, Retainers-Basic Ball-Lock, Punch and Die Button, Light andHeavy Duty1 SCOPE This Standard covers the American National Standard Practice for basic ball-lock punchand ball-lock die button retainers including sizes, dimensions, tolerances, and types.

1987 - Product No. K05487 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.16.1, Retainers-Basic Ball-Lock, Punch And Die Button, LightAnd Heavy Duty, MetricThis standard covers the American National Standard Practice for basic metric ball-lock punch andball lock die button retainers including sizes, dimensions, tolerances, and types.

1978 - Product No. M00095 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.17, Gages-Functional, Ball-Lock Punches, Die Buttons, andRetainersThis Standard covers the American National Standard Practice of functional gages for checking thelocking interchangeability of ball-lock punches, die buttons, and retainers both light and heavy duty.

1987 - Product No. K05787 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.17.1, Gages-Functional, Ball-Lock Punches, Die Buttons AndRetainers, MetricThis standard covers the American National Standard practice of functional gages for checking thelocking interchangeability of metric ball-lock punches, die buttons and retainers both light and heavyduty.

1977 - Product No. M00093 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.18, Punches - Basic Ball-Lock, Light and Heavy DutyThis Standard covers the American National Standard Practice for basic ball-lock, light and heavy-duty punches, including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes, and shapes. Light-dutyinterchangeable punches are standard in round, oblong, square, and rectangular shapes, withpunches available in 1/4 in. to 1 in. overall diameter shank sizes. The size of the locking ball in theretainer ranges from 1/4 in. to 3/8 in. diameter. The light-duty series will pierce up to 1/8 in. stock.Heavy-duty interchangeable punches are standard in round, oblong, square, and rectangular shapes,with punches available in 1/2 in. to 1 1/4 in. overall diameter shank sizes. The size of the locking ballin the retainer is 1/2 in. diameter. The heavy-duty series generally will pierce up to 3/8 in. stock in allbut a few of the larger sizes.

1987 - Product No. K05587 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B94.18.1, Punches - Basic Ball-Lock Light And Heavy Duty, Metric1.0 Scope This standard covers the American National Standard Practice for basic metric ball-lock,light and heavy duty punches, including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes and shapes.Light-duty interchangeable punches are standard in round, oblong, square and rectangular shapeswith punches available in 6.3 to 25.0 overall diameter shank sizes. Size of the locking ball in theretainer, ranges from 6.0 to 8.0 diameter. The light-duty series will pierce up to 3.2 stock. Heavy-dutyinterchangeable punches are standard in round, oblong, square and rectangular shapes, withpunches available in 13.0 to 32.0 overall diameter shank sizes. Size of the locking ball in the retaineris 12.0 diameter. The heavy-duty series generally will pierce up to 9.0 stock in all but a few of thelarger sizes.

1977 - Product No. M00087 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B94.19, Milling Cutters And End Mills1 Scope This Standard covers high speed steel milling cutters and end mills of one piece constructionas listed in Tables 1 through 62. It also includes general definitions, sizes, and tolerances.

1997 - Product No. L00897 - Price: £36.00/ $53.00/ €53.00B94.21, Gear Shaper CuttersThis standard covers types, sizes, tolerances, marking and nomenclature for ground, finishing typegear shaper cutters for generating involute spur and helical gears, splines, and serrations. It alsocovers ground, finishing type involute herringbone ger shaper cutters for generating herringbonegears.

1968 - Product No. J00007 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B94.22, Punches - Variable Head TypeThis Standard covers the USA standard practice for punches, variable, head type includingdimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes and shapes. These punches are classed as "ExtraPrecision."

1968 - Product No. L00041 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B94.22.1, Punches-Variable Head Type, MetricThis Standard covers the American National Standard Practice for punches, variable, head type(metric) including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes, and shapes. These punches areclassed as "Extra Precision." dimension or a variation from a reference dimension. for assembly andrecommended standard drawing formats. The inclusion of dimensional data in this standard is notintended to imply that all of the products described are stock production sizes. Consumers shouldconsult with manufacturers concerning lists of stock production sizes. taken as referring to the spacecontained by two parallel faces of any part, such as the width of a slot, the thickness of a key, etc.

1977 - Product No. L00050 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B94.23, Punch Guide Bushings - Variable, Press FitThis standard covers the USA standard practice for punch guide bushings, variable, press fit,including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes, and shapes. These bushings are in two styles:solid and split; and three types: headless, head down, and head up. Round bushings are in the solidstyle only and shaped bushings are in the split style only. acceptance of work pieces. themanufacturer and user to this Standard and yield comparable results with respect to conformancewithin specified limits.

1969 - Product No. L00040 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.27, Die Buttons - Basic Taper Relief, Press Fit1 Scope This standard covers the American National Standard practice for basic taper relief press fitdie buttons including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes and shapes. The standard coversround, oblong, square and rectangular hole die buttons for up to one inch diameter maximum piercedhole size, both headless and head type. Headless die buttons are intended primarily for retention inthe die block or retainer entirely by press fit, and for installations in thick die blocks in counterboredholes. Head type die button buttons are intended for retention in the block or retainer by press fitand/or by the shoulder action of the head, and for applications requiring increased bearing area forthe die button. In the interest of simplicity, the past practice of having increasingly larger press fitallowances on headless die buttons as nominal body size increased has been changed to merelystating a tolerance on the body or "D" diameter. This tolerance has been made the same as on headtype die buttons and head type punches. It is felt that the standard can control tolerances ofcomponents but cannot necessarily dictate or control the fit of the die button in the holder or retainerplate because it is made by others for various specific applications and does and should vary withconditions.


B94.27.1M, Die Buttons - Basic Taper Relief, Press Fit, MetricThis Standard covers the American National Standard practice for basic taper relief (metric) diebuttons including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes, and shapes. Basic taper relief diebuttons are standard with round, oblong, square, and rectangular hole die buttons for up to 25 mmdiameter maximum pierced hole size, both headless and head-type.

1983 - Product No. M00132 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.28, Die Buttons - Basic Straight Relief, Press FitThis Standard covers the American National Standard practice for basic straight relief press fit diebuttons including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes and shapes. The Standard coversround, oblong, square and rectangular hole die buttons for up to one inch diameter maximum piercedhole size, both headless and head type. Headless die buttons are intended primarily for retention inthe die block retainer entirely by press fit, and for installations in thick die block in counterbored holes.Head type die buttons are intended for retention in the die block or retainer by press fit and/or by theshoulder action of the head, and for applications requiring increased bearing area for the die button. Inthe interest of simplicity, the past practice of having increasingly larger press fit allowances onheadless die buttons as nominal body size increased has been changed to merely stating a toleranceon the body or "D" diameter. This tolerance has been made the same as on head type die buttonsand head type punches (Ref. USAS B94. 14-1968). It is felt that the standard can control tolerances ofcomponents but cannot necessarily dictate or control the fit of the die button in the holder or retainerplate because it is made by others for various specific applications and does and vary with conditions.

1970 - Product No. M00045 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.28.1M, Die Buttons - Basic Straight Relief, Press Fit Metric1 Scope This Standard covers the American National Standard practice for basic straight relief(metric) die buttons including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes and shapes (see Tables 1through 8). Basic straight relief die buttons are standard with round, oblong, square, and rectangularhole die buttons for up to 25 mm diameter maximum pierced hole size, both headless and head-type.

1984 - Product No. M00134 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.29, Die Buttons - Basic Ball Lock1 Scope This standard covers the American National Standard practice for basic ball-lock die buttonsincluding dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes and shapes. Ball-lock interchangeable diebuttons are standard with round, oblong, square and rectangular holes for up to one inch diametermaximum pierced hole size. They fit in light duty ball-lock retainers and are gaged for lockinginterchangeability with light duty functional gages.

1970 - Product No. M00059 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.29.1, Die Buttons - Basic Ball-Lock, Metric1 Scope This standard covers the American National Standard practice for basic metric ball-lock diebuttons including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes and shapes. Ball-lock interchangeabledie buttons are standard with round, oblong, square and rectangular holes for up to 25 mm diametermaximum pierced hole size. They fit in light duty ball-lock retainers and are gaged for lockinginterchangeability with light duty functional gages.

1977 - Product No. M00088 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.30, Die Buttons - Variable, Press FitThis Standard covers the American National Standard practice for Die Buttons, Variable, Press Fitincluding dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature, sizes and shapes. These die buttons are classed as"Extra Precision". The Standard covers die buttons in two styles: solid and split; and two types:headless and head type. Round die buttons are in the solid style only and shaped die buttons are inthe split style only. The Standard covers round, oblong, square and rectangular hole die buttons for upto one inch diameter maximum pierced hole size. Headless die buttons are intended primarily forretention in the die block or retainer by press fit and for installations in thick die blocks in counterboredholes. Head type die buttons are intended for retention in the die block or retainer by press fit and/orby the shoulder action of the head and for applications requiring increased bearing area for the diebuttons.

1970 - Product No. M00060 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.31, Steel Rotary Slitting Knives and Steel Spacing CollarsThis Standard specifies dimensional tolerances of steel rotary slitting knives and steel spacing collarsused on slitting machines for slitting and trimming sheets and coils of ferrous and nonferrous metals,or other materials, into predetermined widths. Adherence to these specifications and the terminologywill insure greater interchangeability of parts, and a common terminology within the industry for themanufacture, assembly, and use of knives and spacers covered in this Standard. All metricdimensions are based on a conversion factor of 25.4 mm equals 1 in. These standards representindustry minimum standards. Closer tolerances that may be required on certain applications should bediscussed with the knife manufacturer relative to the precision required for the application.

1981 - Product No. K00061 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.33, Jig Bushings1 SCOPE 1.1 This standard covers the American National Standard practice for sizes, types,tolerances, and identification of Jig Bushings and locking devices used for securing the bushings inthe jig or bushing plate. 2 PURPOSE 2.1 The purpose of this standard is to provide the necessaryinformation for the design, procurement, and installation of Jig Bushings.

1996 - Product No. K02196 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B94.33.1, Jig Bushings, Metric1.Scope This Standard covers the American National Standard practice for sizes, types, tolerancesand identification of Metric Jig Bushing and locking devices used for securing the bushing in the jig orbushing plate.

1998 - Product No. M01797 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B94.35, Drill Drivers, Split-Sleeve, Collet TypeThis standard covers split sleeve, collet type drivers for driving straight shank drills, reamers andsimilar tools, without tangs from 0.0390 dia. through 0.1220 dia., and with tangs for tools from 0.1250dia. through 0.7500 dia. Dimensional features only are included. applications only. Key strength andsteel analysis entering into the makeup of stock for keys is not within the scope of this standard. Shaftdiameters are listed for identification of various key sizes and are not intended to establish shaftdimensions, tolerances or selections.

1972 - Product No. J00030 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.37M, Roller Turner Type Cutting Tools Single Point1. Scope This Standard covers the dimensional envelope for various styles of single-point roller-turnertools covering brazed, solid, or indexable insert types. The numbers shown are designated brazedtools, but the envelope covers all style tools-for designation of solid or indexable insert styles seeindividual tool manufacturers' catalogs. The values stated in U.S. customary units are to be regardedas the standard. motions. In the subsequent sections two systems of reference planes are definedwith the aid of which so-called "too angles" and "working angles" are defined. One system ofreference planes is the "tool-in-hand system"; this is used to define the geometry of the tool so that itcan be manufactured and measured. The other system of reference planes, "the too-in-use system",is required to define the effective geometry of the tool when it is actually performing a cuttingoperation.


29

B94.38, Punches - Variable, Angle Head Type And Related QuillBushingsThis Standard covers the American National Standard practice for Variable Angle Head TypePunches and Related Quill Bushings, including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature and sizes. Theterm variable indicates a precision grade with tighter tolerances than basic. The Quill Bushing isintended for press fit mounting in the punch retainer. Its purpose is to guide and support the punchshank to prevent bending or buckling.

1972 - Product No. M00068 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.39, Punches - Basic, Combination Angle Head Type AndRelated Quill BushingsThis Standard covers the American National Standard practices for Combination Angle HeadPunches and related Quill Bushings, including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature and sizes. TheQuill Bushing is intended for press fit mounting in the punch retainer. Its purpose is to guide andsupport the punch shank to prevent bending or buckling.

1972 - Product No. M00069 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.40, Punches - Wire TypeThis Standard covers the American National Standard practice for Type Perforating Punches,including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature and sizes. The term wire type indicates a product withwider tolerances than basic and is only available in straight style. B94.30-1970. Headless die buttonsare intended for press fit mounting in retainer or die block, Head type die buttons may be press fit orslip fit mounted in which case they are retained in the die block by shoulder action. The head alsoincreases bearing area during piercing. nonessential details to avoid undue hardship on themanufacturer. The choice of material, heat treatment, surface finish any deviations from nonessentialdimensions is left to the discretion of the manufacturer as long as it is compatible with the expectedfunctional requirements of the arbor assembly. The many overlapping and intermediate sizes of thevarious components of an arbor assembly are minimized for the sake of economy. Some sizes ofarbors and components still listed by some manufacturers have been omitted with the knowledge thatsome other listed sizes would do the required operations without undue hardship.

1972 - Product No. M00070 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.41, Punches - Basic, Angle Head Type And Related QuillBushingsThis Standard covers the American National Standard practice for Basic Angle Head Type Punchesand related Quill Bushings, including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature and sizes. The QuillBushing is intended for press fit mounting in the punch retainer. Its purpose is to guide and supportthe punch shank to prevent bending or buckling.

1972 - Product No. M00071 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.43, Die Buttons - Variable, Press Fit, Headless And Head Type,Step ReliefThis Standard covers the American National Standard practice for Die Buttons, Variable, Press Fit,Step Relief , including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature and sizes. These die buttons areclassed as extra precision. Two types are covered; Headless and Head-type, Round Hole only. ForShaped Hole die buttons, refer to ANSI B94.30-1970. Headless die buttons are intended for press fitmounting in retainer or die block, Head type die buttons may be press fit or slip fit mounted in whichcase they are retained in the die block by shoulder action. The head also increases bearing areaduring piercing.

1972 - Product No. M00075 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.44, Punches - Basic, Cylindrical Head Type And Related QuillBushingsThis standard covers the American national standard practice for basic cylindrical head type punchesand related quill bushings, including dimensions, tolerances, nomenclature and sizes.

1972 - Product No. M00076 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.49, Spade Drill Blades And Spade Drill HoldersThis standard covers nomenclature, definitions, sizes and tolerances for spade drill blades and spadedrill holders insofar as the holder locates and holds the spade drill blade. All dimensions are in inches.Conversion tables from inch to millimeter are given in Appendix A.

1975 - Product No. L00035 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.50, Basic Nomenclature And Definitions For Single- PointCutting Tools1. Scope This American National Standard defines terms for certain basic features of single-pointcutting tools. It deals with those features which are necessary to define the geometry of the cuttingpart. The first main section (section 4) defines general terms applicable to single-point tools, includingsurfaces on the workpiece, tool elements certain specific dimensions and tool and workpiece motions.In the subsequent sections two systems of reference planes are defined with the aid of which so-called "too angles" and "working angles" are defined. One system of reference planes is the "tool-in-hand system"; this is used to define the geometry of the tool so that it can be manufactured andmeasured. The other system of reference planes, "the too-in-use system", is required to define theeffective geometry of the tool when it is actually performing a cutting operation.

1975 - Product No. M00084 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B94.51M, Specifications For Band Saw Blades (Metal Cutting)1 Scope This Standard provides a useful criterion of practice in production, distribution, and use ofmetal cutting band saw blades. It was developed to provide blades that will meet all normalrequirements of consumers. Section 3, definitions, indicates the specific types in common usage andalso defines the various elements. This Standard covers tooth shape, sizes, and tolerances forregular, skip tooth, and hook tooth band saw blades; and it also sets out the determination of: (a)band saw blade dimensions; (b) tooth form and set; (c) blade flatness and minimum hardnesscharacteristics. This is a Standard for use in the United States of America, its territories andprotectorates. Therefore English units are considered standard dimensions. Metric dimensions shownare based on the Renard R-40 system for conversion and are for the guidance of those countriesusing metric units as their standard. 2 FIELD OF APPLICATION This Standard applies to carbon hardedge flexible and tempered back band saw blades and intermediate and high speed steel andcomposite steel band saw blades; information on friction cutting band saw blades is set forth inAppendix I.

1999 - Product No. M08599 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B94.52M, Specifications For Hack Saw BladesThis Standard provides a useful criterion of practice in production, distribution and use of hacksawproducts. It was developed to provide blades that will meet all normal requirements of consumers.Section 3 definitions indicates the specific types in common usage and also defines the variouselements. This Standard covers tooth shape, sizes, and tolerances for hand and power hacksawblades in all types of materials; and it also sets out the determination of: (A) Hacksaw bladedimensions in all types of steel (B) Tooth form and set and, (C) Blade straightness and minimumhardness characteristics.


B94.53, Solid Steel Rectangular Metal Cutting Squaring ShearKnives-Dimensional TolerancesThis document specifies dimensions and tolerances in inches and millimeters for solid steel metalcutting squaring shear knives used for shearing ferrous and non-ferrous metals. The dimensions andtolerances together with the terminology represent within the industry practice for the manufacture,assembly and use of shear knives covered in this standard. This document contains two separateseries of shear knives, a customary unit series and a metric series. The series are hard converted andnot interchangeable with the customary product.

1978 - Product No. M00096 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B94.54, Specifications For Hole Saws,Hole Saw Arbors,And HoleSaw AccessoriesThis Standard provides a useful criterion of practice in the production, distribution, and of high-speedsteel, grit edge, and carbide-tipped nonadjustable hole saws and their accessories. This Standardcovers definitions, standard sizes, dimensions, tolerances, tooth configuration, and qualityrequirements for the hole saws and their accessories covered by this Standard.

1999 - Product No. M13599 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B94.55M, Tool Life Testing With Single - Point Turning ToolsThis Standard establishes specifications for the following factors of tool life testing with single-pointturning tools: workpiece, tool, cutting fluid, cutting conditions, tool wear and tool life, equipment, testprocedures, recording and reporting and presentation of results. Further general information is givenin Appendix A.

1985 - Product No. M00137 - Price: £31.00/ $46.00/ €46.00B94.56, Gages-Functioncal, Ball-Lock Punches, Inch1 Scope (a) Primary. This standard covers the practice of functional gages for the safe lockinginterchangeability of ball-lock punches, light duty metric. (b) Secondary. To easily check radialalignment of standard and special punches that have a flat parallel or perpendicular to the ball seat.

1995 - Product No. M15595 - Price: £24.00/ $36.00/ €36.00B94.56.1M, Gages-Functional, Ball-Lock Punches, Metric1 Scope (a) Primary. This standard covers the practice of functional gages for checking the safelocking interchangeability of ball-lock punches, light duty metric. (b) Secondary. To easily check radialalignment of standard and special punches that have a flat parallel or perpendicular to the ball seat.


TURBINESTDP-1, Recommended Practices for the Prevention of WaterDamage to St Tables used for Elec Power Gen1 SCOPE These recommended practices are concerned primarily with the prevention of waterdamage to steam turbines used for fossil fuel fired electric power generation. The practices coverdesign, operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance of those aspects of the following power plantsystems and equipment concerned with the prevention of the induction of water into steam turbinesand associated systems and equipment: (a) main steam system, piping, and drains; (b) reheat steamsystems, piping, and drains; (c) reheat attemperating system; (d) turbine extraction systems, piping,and drains; (e) feedwater heaters, piping and drains; (f) turbine drain system; (g) turbine steam sealsystem, piping, and drains; (h) main steam attemperator sprays; (i) start-up systems; (j) condensersteam and water dumps; Any connection to the turbine is a potential source of water either byinduction from external equipment or by accumulation of condensed steam. The sources treatedspecifically are those that have been found to be most frequently involved.

1998 - Product No. K06698 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00B133.3, Procurement Standard for Gas Turbine Auxiliary Equipment1. SCOPE 1.1 The purpose of this Stanford is to provide guidance to facilitate the preparation of gasturbine procurement specifications. It is intended for use with gas turbines for industrial, marine, andelectric power applications. 1.2 This section covers auxiliary systems such as lubrication, cooling, fuel(but not its control), atomizing, starting, heating-ventilating, fire protection, cleaning, inlet, exhaust,enclosures, couplings, gears, piping, mounting, painting, and water and steam injection.

1981 - Product No. K00107 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B133.4, Gas Turbine Control and Protection Systems1. SCOPE The intent of this Standard is to cover the normal requirements of the majority ofapplications, recognizing that economic trade-offs and reliability implications may differ in someapplications. The user may desire to add, delete or modify the requirements in this standard to meethis specific needs, and he has the option of doing so in his own bid specification. The gas turbinecontrol system shall include sequencing, control, protection and operator information which shallprovide for orderly and safe start-up of gas turbine, control of proper loading and an orderly shutdownprocedure. It shall include an emergency shutdown capability which can be operated automatically bysuitable failure detectors or which can be operated manually. Coordination between gas turbinecontrol and driven equipment must be provided for startup, operation and shutdown. can be obtainedfrom ANSI Standard C42.100, "IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical & Electronics Term." A user isadvised to employ this and other more detailed standards to improve his specification for a gasturbine installation. In addition, regulatory requirements such as OSHA and local codes should beconsidered in completing the final specification. Gas turbine electrical equipment covered by thisstandard is divided into four major areas. These are: B133.5.1-Main Power System B133.5.2-AuxiliaryPower System B133.5.3-Direct Current System B133.5.4-Relaying The main power system includesall electrical equipment from the generator neutral grounding connection up to the main powertransformer or bus but not including a main transformer or bus. The auxiliary power system is the gasturbine section AC supply and includes all equipment necessary to provide such station power as wellas motors utilizing electrical power. The DC system includes the battery and charger only. Relaying isconfined to electric system protective relaying that is used for protection of the gas turbine stationitself.

1978 - Product No. K00091 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B133.5, Procurement Standard for Gas Turbine ElectricalEquipment1. GENERAL The aim of this standard is to provide guidelines and criteria for specifying electricalequipment, other than controls, which may be supplied with a gas turbine. Much of the electricalequipment will apply only to larger generator drive installations, but where applicable this standardcan be used for other gas turbine drives. Electrical equipment described here, in almost all cases, iscovered by standards, guidelines, or recommended practices documented elsewhere. This standardis intended to supplement those references and point out the specific areas of interest for a gasturbine application. The individual items in the Table of Contents will in general have an overallstandard referenced in the first paragraph. For a few of the individual items, no other standard isreferenced for the entire subject, but where applicable a standard is referenced for a subitem.Definitions of terms can be obtained from ANSI Standard C42.100, "IEEE Standard Dictionary ofElectrical & Electronics Term." A user is advised to employ this and other more detailed standards toimprove his specification for a gas turbine installation. In addition, regulatory requirements such asOSHA and local codes should be considered in completing the final specification. Gas turbineelectrical equipment covered by this standard is divided into four major areas. These are: B133.5.1-Main Power System B133.5.2-Auxiliary Power System B133.5.3-Direct Current System B133.5.4-

30

Relaying The main power system includes all electrical equipment from the generator neutralgrounding connection up to the main power transformer or bus but not including a main transformer orbus. The auxiliary power system is the gas turbine section AC supply and includes all equipmentnecessary to provide such station power as well as motors utilizing electrical power. The DC systemincludes the battery and charger only. Relaying is confined to electric system protective relaying thatis used for protection of the gas turbine station itself.

1978 - Product No. K00096 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B133.7M, Gas Turbine FuelsGas turbines may be designed to burn either gaseous or liquid fuels, or both with or withoutchangeover while under load. This Standard covers both types of fuel. making field soundmeasurements and for reporting field data. This standard can be used by users and manufacturers towrite specifications for procurement, and to determine compliance with specification after installation.Information is included, for guidance, to determine expected community reaction to noise.

1985 - Product No. K00086 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B133.8, Gas Turbine Installation Sound EmissionsThis standard gives methods and procedures for specifying the sound emissions of gas turbineinstallations for industrial, pipeline, and utility applications. Included are practices for making fieldsound measurements and for reporting field data. This standard can be used by users andmanufacturers to write specifications for procurement, and to determine compliance with specificationafter installation. Information is included, for guidance, to determine expected community reaction tonoise.

1977 - Product No. K00087 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B133.9, Measurement Of Exhaust Emissions From Stationary GasTurbine EnginesThis standard provides guidance in the measurement of exhaust emissions for the emissionsperformance testing (source testing) of stationary gas turbines. Source testing is required to meetfederal state, and local environmental regulations. The standard is not intended for use in continuousemissions monitoring(CEM) although many of the online measurement methods defined may be usedin both applications. This standard applies to engines that operate on natural gas and liquid distillatefuels. Much of this standard also will apply to engines operated on special fuels such as alcohol, coalgas, residual oil, or process gas or liquid. However, these methods may require modification or besupplemented to account for the measurement of exhaust components resulting from the use of aspecial fuel.

1994 - Product No. K09994 - Price: £32.00/ $47.00/ €47.00B133.10, Procurement Standard for Gas Turbine Informaiton to beSupplied by User and Manufacturer1 SCOPE The intent of this Standard is to provide a means for rapid communication between the userand manufacturer relative to requests for proposals by the user and the tendering of proposals by themanufacturer. The use of the prestructured forms contained in this Standard will facilitate thepreparation of this information and ensure consistency of submission by the various manufacturerswho may be requested to submit proposals. The forms cross-reference the appropriate informationcontained in the other sections of the Gas Turbine Procurement Standard. Definitions are contained inSection B133.1, Gas Turbine terminology, and as expanded in the appropriate other technicalsections of the Standard. The user may designate which items of Section 3,4 or 5 of this Standard hedesires the manufacturer to complete. The user should check only those items which are needed tomake the evaluation. The user may also supplement Section 2 if he has additional information hedesires to communicate to the manufacturer. Item applicable only to generator drive applications aremarked with a G in the left-hand margin and items limited only to mechanical drive applications aremarked with an M in the left-hand margin of this Standard. All other items are applicable to bothgenerator drive and mechanical drive applications.

1981 - Product No. K00109 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B133.11, Procurement Standard for Gas Turbine Preparation forShipping and Installation1 SCOPE The intent of this Standard is to provide a review of shipping and installation items thatshould be considered in the preparation of procurement specifications. The shipping sections of thisStandard provide guidelines which the user may find helpful in preparing a specification applicable tohis specific requirements. In the preparation of the installation and startup sections, it was found thatthere are a variety of suitable methods to achieve the same ultimate end, as employed by the variousmanufacturers. Because of this diversity, the user is advised to consult with the manufacturer on hisuse and interpretation of this Standard. This Standard should be useful in providing guidelines foritems that should be included in the user's more detailed specifications, applicable to his specificrequirements.

1982 - Product No. K00108 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B133.12, Procurement Standard for Gas Turbine Maintenance andSafetyThe provisions of this Section are intended to apply to all elements of the gas turbine or gas turbinepower plant, including, but not limited to driven equipment and accessories such as: system(s),intercooler(s), regenerator or recuperator, control system(s), fuel system(s), lubricating system(s),cooling water system(s), rotor bearings, gears, couplings; air intake: duct(s), filter(s), cooler(s),silencer(s); regenerators air ducts: piping, expansion joints, spring supports; exhaust: duct(s),expansion joint(s), silencer(s); mounting system: enclosures and ventilation system and startingequipment (when supplied by the gas turbine manufacture).

1981 - Product No. K00106 - Price: £24.00/ $35.00/ €35.00B133.16, Procurement Standard For Gas Turbine MarineApplications(a) This procurement standard provides guidance and criteria for gas turbine systems used in marineapplications. It supplements the general gas turbine procurement standards presented in ASME'sB133 series. (b) In utilizing this procurement standard, the user should ensure that only thoserequirements considered necessary for his/her application are utilized. This is a general documentand its intent is to cover most marine applications. Therefore, there is an inclusion of data for mostvaried applications, which may not be applicable to a specific application. (c) Marine applications aredefined as gas turbines serving as prime movers for: (1) propulsion, (2) electric power generation, (3)gas transmission or compression, (4) cargo pumps, and (5) water flood pumps. (d) Emphasis shouldbe made for machinery to be classed by International Maritime Organization (IMO) codes in thefollowing areas of service: (1) emergency duty, (2) essential service, (3) nonessential service, (4)process service, and (5) above or below decks.

2000 - Product No. K09500 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.003977-1, Gas Turbines: Procurement-Part 1: General IntroductionAnd DefinitionsThis Part of ASME 3977 groups together the terms and definitions given in ISO 11086 that arerelevant to the procurement of gas turbine systems, and defines additional terms.

2000 - Product No. K14500 - Price: £36.00/ $53.00/ €53.003977-2, Gas Turbines: Procurement-Part 2: Standard ReferenceConditions And Ratings

This Part of ASME 3977 specifies the standard reference conditions and ISO standard ratings for gasturbines.


VALVES, FITTINGS, FLANGES, GASKETSB16.1, Cast Iron Pipe Flanges And Flanged FittingsThis Standard for Classes 25, 125, and 250 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings covers: (a)pressure-temperature ratings, (b) sizes and method of designating openings of reducing fittings, (c)marking, (d) minimum requirements for materials, (e) dimensions and tolerances, (f) bolt, nut, andgasket dimensions and (g) tests.

1998 - Product No. J01798 - Price: £52.00/ $78.00/ €78.00B16.3, Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings 98'This Standard for threaded malleable iron fittings Classes 150, and 300 provides requirements for thefollowing: (a) pressure-temperature ratings (b) size and method of designating openings of reducingfittings (c) marking (d) materials (e) dimensions and tolerances (f) threading (g) coatings

1998 - Product No. J10398 - Price: £47.00/ $70.00/ €70.00B16.4, Gray Iron Threaded FittingsThis Standard for gray iron threaded fittings, Classes 125 and 250 covers: (a) pressure-temperatureratings (b) size and method of designating openings of reducing fittings (c) marking (d) material (e)dimensions and tolerances (f) threading, and (g) coatings

1998 - Product No. J02298 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B16.5, Pipe Flanges And Flanged FittingsThis Standard covers pressure-temperature ratings, materials, dimensions, tolerances, marking,testing, and methods of designating openings for pipe flanges and flanged fittings in sizes NPS 1/2through NPS 24 and in rating Classes 150, 300, 400, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500. Flanges and flangedfittings may be cast, forged, or (for blind flanges and certain reducing flanges only) plate materials aslisted in Table 1A. Requirements and recommendations regarding bolting and gaskets are alsoincluded.

1996 - Product No. M01596 - Price: £88.00/ $132.00/ €132.00B16.9, Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding FittingsThis Standard covers overall dimensions, tolerances, ratings, testing, and markings for wroughtfactory-made buttwelding fittings in sizes NPS 1/2 through 48 (DN 15 through 1200).

2001 - Product No. J10901 - Price: £56.00/ $84.00/ €84.00B16.10, Face to Face and End to End Dimensions of ValvesThis Standard covers face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions of straightway valves, and center-to-face and center-to-end dimensions of angle valves. Its purpose is to assure installationinterchangeability for valves of a given material, type size, rating class, and end connection.

2001 - Product No. J03100 - Price: £48.00/ $72.00/ €72.00B16.11, Forged Fittings Socket Welding And ThreadedThis Standard covers ratings, dimensions, tolerances, marking and material requirements for forgedfittings, both socket-welding and threaded.

2001 - Product No. M01601 - Price: £48.00/ $72.00/ €72.00B16.12, Cast Iron Threaded Drainage FittingsThis Standard for cast iron threaded drainage fittings covers: (a) size and method of designatingopenings in reducing fittings (b) marking (c) materials (d) dimensions and tolerances (e) threading (f)ribs (g) coatings (h) face bevel

1998 - Product No. J02198 - Price: £34.00/ $51.00/ €51.00B16.14, Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings And Locknuts With PipeThreadsThis Standard for Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts with Pipe Threads covers: (a)pressure-temperature ratings: (b) size; (c) marking; (d) materials; (e) dimensions and tolerances; (f)threading; and (g) pattern taper.

1991 - Product No. J03290 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B16.15, Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 And 250,This Standard pertains primarily to cast Class 125 and Class 250 bronze threaded pipe fittings.Certain requirements also pertain to wrought or cast plugs, bushings, couplings, and caps. ThisStandard covers: (a) pressure-temperature ratings; (b) size and method of designating openings ofreducing pipe fittings; (c) marking; (d) minimum requirements for casting quality and materials; (e)dimensions and tolerances in U.S. customary and metric (SI) units; (f) threading.

1985 - Product No. J01085 - Price: £32.00/ $48.00/ €48.00B16.18, Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure FittingsThis Standard, for cast copper alloy solder joint pressure fittings designed for use with copper watertube, covers: (a) Pressure-temperature ratings (b) Abbreviations for end connections (c) Sizes, andmethod of designating openings of reducing fittings (d) Marking (e) Material (f) Dimensions andtolerances (g) tests.

2001 - Product No. J07101 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B16.20, Metallic Gaskets For Pipe Flanges: Ring Joint Spiral WoundAnd JacketedThis standard covers materials, dimensions, tolerances, and markings for metal ring-joint gaskets,spiral-wound metal gaskets, and metal jacketed gaskets and filler material. These gaskets aredimensionally suitable for use with flanges described in the reference flange standards ASME B16.5,ASME B16.47, and API-6A. This standard covers spiral-wound metal gaskets and metal jacketedgaskets for use with raised face and flat face flanges.

2000 - Product No. L03098 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B16.21, Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets For Pipes FlangesThis Standard for nonmetallic flat gaskets for bolted flanged joints in piping includes: (a) types andsizes; (b) materials; (c) dimensions and allowable tolerances.

1992 - Product No. L01592 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B16.22, Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint PressureFittingsThis Standard for wrought copper and Wrought copper alloy solder joint seamless fittings, designedfor use with copper water tube, covers: (A) Pressure-Temperature Ratings; (B) Abbreviations for endconnections; (C) Size and method of designating openings of fittings; (D) Marking; (E) Material; (F)Dimensions and Tolerances; (G) Tests.

1995 - Product No. M03095 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B16.23, Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings, DwvThis Standard for cast copper alloy solder joint drainage fittings designed for use with drainage tube,covers. (a) Description (b) Pitch (slope) (c) Abbreviations for end connections (d) Sizes, and methodfor designating openings for reducing fittings (e) Marking (f) Material (g) Dimensions and tolerances

31

1992 - Product No. J13492 - Price: £40.00/ $59.00/ €59.00B16.24, Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Class150,300,400,600,900,1500 and 2500This Standard for Classes 25, 125, 250, and 800 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings covers:(a) pressure temperature ratings, (b) sizes and methods of designating openings for reduced fittings,(c) marking, (d) minimum requirements for materials, (e) dimensions and tolerances, (f) bolt, nut, andgasket dimensions, and (g) tests.

2001 - Product No. J00901 - Price: £34.00/ $51.00/ €51.00B16.25, Buttwelding EndsThis Standard covers the preparation of buttwelding ends of piping components to be joined into apiping system by welding. It includes requirements for welding bevels, for external and internalshaping of heavy-wall components, and for preparation of internal ends (including dimensions andtolerances). Coverage includes preparation for joints with the following. (a) no backing rings; (b) splitor noncontinuous backing rings; (c) solid or continuous backing rings; (d) consumable insert rings; (e)gas tungsten are welding (GTAW) of the root pass. Details of preparation for any backing ring must bespecified in ordering the component.

1997 - Product No. J01397 - Price: £34.00/ $51.00/ €51.00B16.26, Cast Copper Alloy Fittings For Flared Copper TubesThis standard for Cast Copper Alloy Fitting for Flared Copper Tubes covers: (a) pressure rating; (b)material; (c) size; (d) threading; (e) marking;

1988 - Product No. J00888 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B16.28, Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows AndReturnsThis Standard covers ratings, overall dimensions, testing, tolerances, and markings for wroughtcarbon and alloy steel buttwelding short radius elbows and returns. The term wrought denotes fittingsmade of pipe, tubing, plate, or forgings.

1994 - Product No. J11094 - Price: £28.00/ $41.00/ €41.00B16.29, Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder JointDrainage Fittings-DWVThis standard for wrought copper and wrought copper alloy solder joint drainage fittings, designed foruse with copper drainage tube, covers: (a) Description (b) Pitch (slope) (c) Abbreviations for EndConnections (d) Sizes,and Method of Designating Openings for Reducing Fittings (e) Marking (f)Material (g) Dimensions and Tolerances 1.2 Units of measurement: U.S. customary units are thestandard for conversion to metric SI units,, See SI-1, ASME Orientation and guide for use of SI(Metric) units.

2001 - Product No. N05701 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B16.33, Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves For Use In GasPiping Systems Up To 125 Psig,Size 1/2-2This standard shall apply only to manually operated metallic valves, sizes NPS 1/2 through 2, whichare suitable for controlling the flow of gas and have a pressure rating not in excess of 125 psig. Thesevalves may be used in piping systems design and operated at pressures not in excess of the pressurerating marked on the valve and in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Part192, "Minimum Safety Standards for Transportation of Natural and Other Gas by Pipe Line", ASMEB31.8, or ANSI Z223.1. The standard shall apply to valves operated in a temperature environmentbetween -20 F and 150 F. This standard sets forth the minimum capabilities, characteristics, andproperties which a valve at the time of manufacture must possess, in order to be considered suitablefor use in gas piping systems. Details of design and manufacture, other than those stated in thisstandard, including such design and production tests that will produce a valve that will have therequired capabilities to meet this standard, remain the responsibility of the manufacturer. Each test inwhich damage to the valve could result, i.e.,Tests 3.3,.3.4.1, 3.4.2,3.4.3 and 3.4.4, shall be conductedon new unused samples of the valve.

1990 - Product No. J00690 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B16.34, Valves Flanged Threaded And Welding EndThis standard applies to new valve construction and covers pressure-temperature ratings,dimensions, tolerances, materials, nondestructive examination requirements, testing, and marking forcast, forged, and fabricated flanged, threaded, and welding end, and wafer or flangeless valves ofsteel, nickel-base alloys, and other alloys shown in Table 1. Wafer or flangeless valves, bolted orthrough-bolt types, that are installed between flanges or against a flange shall be treated as flangedend valves. Alternative rules for small valves(NPS 2 1/2 and smaller) are give in Annex G.

1996 - Product No. J01896 - Price: £70.00/ $105.00/ €105.00B16.36, Orifice FlangesThis Standard covers flanges (similar to those covered in ASME B16.5) that have orifice pressuredifferential connections. Coverage is limited to the following: (a) welding neck flanges Classes 300,400, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500 (b) slip-on and threaded Class 300

1996 - Product No. J04696 - Price: £34.00/ $51.00/ €51.00B16.38, Large Metallic Valves For Gas Distribution (ManuallyOperated NPS-2 1/2 To 12,125 PSIG Max)This Standard covers only manually operated metallic valves in nominal pipe sizes 2 1/2 through 12having the inlet and outlet on a common center line, which are suitable for controlling the flow of gasfrom open to fully closed, for use in distribution and service lines where the maximum gage pressureat which such distribution piping systems may be operated in accordance with the Code of FederalRegulations (CFR), Title 49, Part 192, Transportation of Natural and Other Gas by Pipeline; MinimumSafety Standard, does not exceed 125 psi (8.6 bar). Valve seats, seals and stem packing may benonmetallic.

1985 - Product No. J05585 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B16.39, Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe UnionsThis Standard for threaded malleable iron unions, classes 150, 250, and 300, provides requirementsfor the following: (a) design (b) pressure-temperature ratings (c) size (d) marking (e) materials (f)joints and seats (g) threads (h) hydrostatic strength (i) tensile strength (j) air pressure test (k) sampling(l) coatings (m) dimensions

1998 - Product No. L04998 - Price: £34.00/ $51.00/ €51.00B16.40, Manually Operated Thermoplastic Gas Shutoffs and ValvesIn Gas Distribution SystemsThis Standard covers manually operated thermoplastic shutoffs and valves in sizes 1/2 through 6which are suitable for use in thermoplastic distribution mains and service lines (as defined in theMinimum Federal Safety Standards cited below) where the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title49, Part 192, Transportation of Natural and Other Gas by Pipeline; Minimum Safety Standards, fortemperature ranges of-20 F to 100 F (-29 C to 38 C). The term valve is used in this Standard torepresent shutoffs and valves to avoid repetition throughout the document. Valves covered by thisStandard are intended for use below ground only. This Standard sets forth the minimum capabilitiescharacteristics, and properties which a newly manufactured valve must possess in order to beconsidered suitable for use piping systems indicated above with natural gas, manufactured gas(includes synthetic natural gas (SNG)), and liquefied petroleum gases (distributed as a vapor, with or

without the admixture of air) or mixtures thereof. (Components may be adversely affected by gaseshaving high hydrogen content or compounds likely to form condensates. Specific application detailsmust be considered.) Details of design and manufacture, other than those stated in this Standard,including design and production tests, remain the responsibility of the manufacturer. Standards andSpecifications referenced under this Standard are shown in Annex A.

1985 - Product No. J05485 - Price: £26.00/ $39.00/ €39.00B16.42, Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges And Flanged Fittings: Classes 150And 300This Standard covers minimum requirements for Class 150 and 300 cast ductile iron pipe flanges andflanged fittings. The requirements covered are as follows: (a) pressure-temperature ratings (b) sizesand method of designating openings (c) marking (d) materials (e) dimensions and tolerances (f) blots,nuts, and gaskets (g) tests

1998 - Product No. J06698 - Price: £35.00/ $52.00/ €52.00B16.44, Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves For Use In HousePiping SystemsThis Standard applies to new valve construction and covers quarter turn manually operated metallicvalves in sizes NPS 1/2-2 which are intended for indoor installation as gas shutoff valves wheninstalled in indoor gas piping between a gas meter outlet & the inlet connection to a gas appliance.The valves covered by this Standard are limited to application temperatures between 32 F and 125 Fat pressures not to exceed 2 psig. 1.2 APPLICABILITY This Standard sets requirements, includingqualification requirements, for metallic gas valves for use in an indoor gas piping system. Details ofdesign, materials, and testing in addition to those stated in this Standard that are necessary to meetthe qualification and production testing requirements of this Standard remain the responsibility of themanufacturer. A valve used under a code jurisdiction or governmental regulation is subject to anylimitation of such code or regulations. 1.3 LIMITATIONS This Standards does not apply to manuallyoperated gas valves which are an integral part of a gas appliance. Manually operated gas valvesintended for applicaiton to a particular appliance are covered in the American National Standard forManually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves, and Hose End Valves,ANSI Z21.15.

1995 - Product No. J14095 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B16.45, Cast Iron Fittings For Sovent Drainage Systems (B16.45)This Standard for cast iron drainage fittings used on self-aerating, one-pipe Solvent drainage systems,covers the following: (a) description (b) sizes and methods for designating openings for reducingfittings (c) marking (d) material (e) pitch (f) design (g) dimensions and tolerances (h) tests

1998 - Product No. J11198 - Price: £28.00/ $42.00/ €42.00B16.47, Large Diameter Steel FlangesThis Standard covers pressure-temperature ratings, materials, dimensions, tolerances, marking, andtesting for pipe flanges in sizes NPS 26 through NPS 60 and in ratings Classes 75, 150,0300, 400,600, and 900. Flanges may be cast, forged, or plate (for blind flanges only) materials, as listed inTable 1A. Requirements and recommendations regarding bolting and gaskets are also included.

1996 - Product No. J12996 - Price: £48.00/ $72.00/ €72.00B16.48, Steel Line BlanksThis Standard covers pressure-temperature ratings, materials, dimensions, tolerances, marking, andtesting for operating line blanks in sizes NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 for installation between ASME B16.5 flanges in the 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500 pressure classes. The dimensions are suitablefor blanks made of materials listed in Table 1.

1997 - Product No. J14497 - Price: £34.00/ $51.00/ €51.00B16.49, Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Induction BendsFor Transportation And Distribution SystemsThis Standard covers design, material, manufacturing, testing, marking, and inspection requirementsfor factory-made pipeline bends of carbon steel materials having controlled chemistry and mechanicalproperties, produced by the induction bending process, with or without tangents. This Standard coversinduction bends for transportation and distribution piping applications (e.g., ASME B31.4, B31.8, andB31.11) Process and power piping have differing requirements and materials that may not beappropriate for the restrictions and examinations described herein, and therefore are not included inthis Standard.


Telefax

Telephone

Technical Standards Services Ltd3 Bury Mead Road, Hitchin, Herts, SG5 1RT, EnglandTelephone: (0)1462 453211 Fax: (0)1462 457714Email: [email protected] Internet: http://www.techstandards.co.uk

Purchase Order No.

Credit / Debit Card - please circle oneVISA - ACCESS - EUROCARD - MASTERCARD -AMERICAN EXPRESS - DINERS - SWITCH - DELTA

Card Number

Card Name

Signature

Expiry Date

Start Date (Diners) Issue No. (Switch)

Invoice Address Delivery AddressName

Organization

Address Address

OrganizationName

ORDER FORM

Unit PriceQuantity Total

Add Postage and Packing*Europe add 6%. Non-European destinations add 12%

Goods Total

TOTAL

PAYMENT METHOD

Payment enclosed (Cheque payable to Technical Standards

Services Ltd.)�

�

�

Telefax

Telephone

Wire Transfer to our bank account. National WestminsterBank, St Albans, England. Bank Code 60-18-11Account No. 42193443 for £ (GB Pounds) paymentsAccount No. 06602568 for $ (US Dollar) paymentsAccount No. 06604056 for € (Euros) payments

�

Number orDesignation

Title

Code: ASME02/05

Email Email

V.A.T. (Value Added Tax)FOR CUSTOMERS IN THE EUROPEAN UNION ONLYIn order to comply with European Union regulations we are required tonote our customers’ V.A.T. Registration Number (IVA, TVA, BTW, MWST,FPA, MOMS) on documentation.Will E.U. customers therefore please supply your V.A.T. RegistrationNumber, or write NOT REGISTERED on the line below.

*POSTAGE & PACKINGFor destinations in UK & Europe - add 6% of Goods Total

All other destinations - add 12% of Goods Total

CURRENCY - £ $ €

Customers may order in any of the three currencies listed and invoices will be issued in the currency of your choice. Please note thatcredit card payments will be taken in GB Pounds with the local currency equivalent shown on your credit card statement. US Dollar and

Euro amounts may therefore differ slightly from the listed prices due to currency exchange fluctuations.

Prices in £ (GB Pounds), $ (US Dollars) and € (Euros)subject to change without notice

asme2002c

Documents

automobile

aisle transfer

spade drill

rigid industrial

steep machine

fan driver

telephone

moisture separator